Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

but+on+the+contrary+la

101 dubius

dŭbĭus, a, um, adj. [for duhibius, duohabeo, held as two or double, i. e. doubtful; cf. dubito, Corss. Ausspr. 2, 1027].
I.
Moving in two directions alternately, vibrating to and fro, fluctuating (cf. ambiguus, anceps, incertus, perplexus, duplex).
A.
Lit. (very rare):
ut vas non quit constare, nisi humor Destitit in dubio fluctu jactarier intus,
Lucr. 6, 556; cf.:
fluctibus dubiis volvi coeptum est mare,
Liv. 37, 16, 4.—Far more freq. and class.,
B.
Trop., vacillating in mind, uncertain.
1.
Act.
a.
Wavering in opinion, doubting, doubtful, dubious, uncertain, = ambigens, haesitans, etc.:
sin est is homo, anni multi me dubiam dant,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 17:
quae res est, quae cujusquam animum in hac causa dubium facere possit?
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 10.— With an interrog. clause, A. and S. Gr. §
213 R. 4 (1.): temptat dubiam mentem rationis egestas, ecquae nam fuerit mundi genitalis origo,
Lucr. 5, 1211; cf.:
equites procul visi ab dubiis, quinam essent,
Liv. 4, 40:
dubius sum, quid faciam,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 40:
dubius, unde rumperet silentium,
id. Epod. 5, 85:
spemque metumque inter dubii, seu vivere credant, Sive extrema pati,
Verg. A. 1, 218; cf. Liv. 1, 42:
Philippus non dubius, quin, etc.,
id. 31, 42:
haud dubius quin,
id. 42, 14; Curt. 5, 12.—With acc. and inf.:
dictator minime dubius, bellum cum his populis Patres jussuros,
Liv. 6, 14; so,
haud dubius,
id. 31, 24; Curt. 9, 7:
nec sum animi dubius, verbis ea vincere magnum Quam sit,
well aware how hard it is, Verg. G. 3, 289; so,
dubius with the genitives animi, Auct. B. Alex. 56, 2: mentis,
Ov. F. 6, 572:
consilii,
Just. 2, 13:
sententiae,
Liv. 33, 25 Drak.:
salutis,
Ov. M. 15, 438:
vitae,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 25:
fati,
Luc. 7, 611 al.; cf. Zumpt, Gr. § 437; A. and S. Gr. § 213 R. 1 ( a.).—
b.
Wavering in resolution, irresolute, undecided (very rare):
dubio atque haesitante Jugurtha incolumes transeunt,
Sall. J. 107, 6; cf.
hostes (opp. firmi),
id. ib. 51 fin.:
nutantes ac dubiae civitates,
Suet. Caes. 4 fin.:
quid faciat dubius,
Ov. M. 8, 441.— Poet. transf.:
cuspis,
Sil. 4, 188.—
2.
Pass., that is doubted of, uncertain, doubtful, dubious, undetermined (so most freq. in all periods and kinds of composition):
videsne igitur, quae dubia sint, ea sumi pro certis atque concessis?
Cic. Div. 2, 51, 106; cf. id. ib. 2, 50 fin.; id. Fin. 4, 24, 67; id. de Or. 1, 20, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; Quint. 3, 4, 8; 7, 8, 6:
nihil aegrius est quam res secernere apertas Ab dubiis,
Lucr. 4, 468 (cf. verba, vague language, opp. aperta, Quint. 7, 2, 48):
jus, opp. certum,
id. 12, 3, 6;
opp. confessum,
id. 7, 7, 7:
in regno, ubi ne obscura quidem est aut dubia servitus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 31:
dubium vel anceps genus causarum,
Quint. 4, 1, 40; cf. id. 9, 2, 69: dubii variique casus, Auct. ap. Cic. Clu. 21, 58:
et incerta societas,
Suet. Aug. 17 et saep.:
quia sciebam dubiam esse fortunam scenicam, Ter. Hec. prol. alt. 8: salus (opp. aperta pernicies),
Cic. N. D. 3, 27, 69:
spes pacis,
id. Att. 8, 13:
victoria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 80, 6; cf.:
victoria, praeda, laus,
Sall. J. 85, 48:
Marte,
Vell. 2, 55, 3:
spes armorum,
id. 2, 71:
discrimen pugnae,
indecisive, Sil. 5, 519:
proelia,
Tac. G. 6:
auctor,
unknown, Ov. M. 12, 61 et saep.:
an auspicia repetenda, ne quid dubiis diis agerem?
i. e. unassured of their favor, Liv. 8, 32:
dubii socii suspensaeque ex fortuna fidei (opp. fideles socii and certi hostes),
id. 44, 18; cf. Caes. B. C. 1, 3, 5:
Hispaniae,
Tac. A. 3, 44; cf.:
gens dubiae ad id voluntatis,
Liv. 9, 15:
lux,
i. e. morning twilight, dawn, Ov. M. 11, 596:
sidera,
Juv. 5, 22; cf.
nox,
evening twilight, Ov. M. 4, 401:
caelum,
i. e. over cast, Verg. G. 1, 252:
fulgor solis,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 670; cf.:
et quasi languidus dies,
Plin. Ep. 6, 20, 6:
dubiāque tegens lanugine malas,
i. e. between down and a beard, Ov. M. 9, 398; 13, 754; cf.:
dubia lanuginis umbra, Claud. Epith. Pall. et Cel. 42: vina,
not sure to ripen, Plin. 18, 31, 74, § 319:
consilia,
wavering, Tac. Agr. 18 et saep.:
hunc annum sequitur annus haud dubiis consulibus (shortly thereafter the contrary: Papirius Semproniusque, quorum de consulatu dubitabatur),
Liv. 4, 8; so,
haud dubius praetor,
id. 39, 39 fin.:
haud dubii hostes,
open enemies, id. 37, 49:
haud dubii Galli (opp. degeneres, mixti, Gallograeci vere),
id. 38, 17: cena dubia, see below, II.—
b.
In the neutr. absol.
(α).
(Non, haud) dubium est, it is ( not, not at all) doubtful, uncertain, undecided. (aa) Absol.:
si quid erit dubium,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 1, 40:
haud dubium id quidem est,
id. Poen. 3, 4, 27; Ter. And. 2, 3, 25; cf.
in the interrog.: o! dubiumne id est?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 49; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 46; id. Phorm. 5, 2, 9; and with the dat.:
an dubium id tibi est?
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 38; Cic. Fam. 4, 15.—(bb) With de:
de Pompeii exitu mihi dubium numquam fuit,
Cic. Att. 11, 6, 5; so,
de eorum jure,
id. de Or. 1, 57:
de re,
Quint. 7, 3, 4; cf. id. 7, 6, 3.—(ng) With an interrog. clause:
illud dubium (est), ad id, quod summum bonum dicitis, ecquaenam fieri possit accessio,
Cic. Fin. 4, 24, 67; cf. Quint. 7, 9, 12:
hoc ergo, credo, dubium est, uter nostrum sit verecundior,
Cic. Ac. 2, 41, 126:
hoc enim dubium est, utrum... an,
Quint. 6, 3, 83:
Ambiorix copias suas judicione non conduxerit... an tempore exclusus, dubium est,
Caes. B. G. 6, 31, 1:
an dubium vobis fuit inesse vis aliqua videretur necne?
Cic. Caecin. 11, 31 et saep.—Since the Aug. per. freq. dubium, absol. and adv.:
codicilli, dubium ad quem scripti,
Quint. 7, 2, 52:
quo postquam dubium pius an sceleratus, Orestes venerat,
Ov. Tr. 4, 4, 69; Suet. Caes. 58; id. Aug. 28; id. Tib. 10; Flor. 1, 1, 12; 2, 14, 3:
Erechtheus, Justitiā dubium validisne potentior armis,
Ov. M. 6, 678; cf. id. Pont. 3, 1, 17:
neque multo post exstincto Maximo, dubium an quaesita morte,
Tac. A. 1, 5; Flor. 1, 1, 8; 4, 2, 91 al.—(dd) Non dubium est quin uxorem nolit filius, Ter. And. 1, 2, 1; id. Eun. 5, 6, 27; Cic. de Or. 2, 8, 32; id. Att. 13, 45; Quint. 11, 2, 10 et saep.:
haud dubium est, quin,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 17; 3, 2, 50; id. Ad. 5, 9, 19;
and interrog.,
Quint. 3, 2, 1; 10, 1, 5. —(ee) With acc. and inf.:
periisso me una haud dubium est,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 46; so Liv. 38, 6; Suet. Caes. 52 fin.; cf.
interrog.: an dubium tibi est, eam esse hanc?
Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 9.—Ellipt.:
si exploratum tibi sit posse te, etc., non esse cunctandum: si dubium sit, non esse conandum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 5.—
(β).
Dubium habere, to regard as uncertain, to doubt:
an tu dubium habebis, etiam sancte quom jurem tibi?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 112:
an dubium habetis, num obficere quid vobis possit? etc.,
Sall. H. Fragm. III. 61, 8 Dietsch; cf.:
haec habere dubia, neque, etc.,
Cic. Ac. 2, 9 fin. —
(γ).
In dubium:
in dubium vocare,
to call in question, Cic. de Or. 2, 34; cf.: illud me dixisse nemo vocabit in dubium, Asin. Pollio ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 31, 5. Vid. also under 3. b.:
venire in dubium,
Cic. Quint. 2; id. ib. 21, 67; Liv. 3, 13; cf.:
alii non veniunt in dubium de voluntate,
i. e. there is no doubt what their wish is, Cic. Att. 11, 15, 2. Vid. also under 3. b.—
(δ).
In dubio, in doubt, in question, undetermined:
dum in dubio est animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; cf. Luc. 7, 247:
in dubioque fuere utrorum ad regna cadendum esset, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 836; cf. id. 1085; Quint. 7, 9, 9:
aestate potius quam hieme dandum, non est in dubio,
Plin. 25, 5, 24, § 59 et saep.:
ut in dubio poneret, utrum... an, etc.,
Liv. 34, 5. Vid. also 3. b.—
(ε).
Sine dubio, without doubt, doubtless, indisputably, certainly (very freq.; in Cic. more than twenty times; not in Caes. and Sall.): Th. Numquid dubitas quin? etc. Gn. Sine dubio, opinor, Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 2; 47; id. Cat. 2, 1; id. Balb. 24, 55; id. Tusc. 2, 7, 18; id. Off. 1, 29, 102; id. N. D. 1, 9, 23; id. Att. 1, 19, 2 et saep. Vid. the passages in Stuerenb. Cic. Off. p. 134 sq. Sometimes, esp. in Quint., with adversative particles: sed, verum, at, etc., no doubt, doubtless... but, yet, etc.: cum te togatis omnibus sine dubio anteferret... sed, etc.. Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 58; so with sed, id. de Or, 3, 57; Quint. 1, 6, 38; 5, 10, 53; 6, 3, 64;
with sed tamen,
id. 12, 6, 7;
with tamen,
id. 3, 8, 21; 5, 7, 28; 6, 4, 12;
with verum,
id. 8 prooem. § 33;
with at,
id. 8, 3, 67;
with autem,
id. 1, 6, 12 Spald.—
(ζ).
Procul dubio, beyond question, undoubtedly (very rare), Lucr. 3, 638; Liv. 39, 40 fin.; Plin. 18, 21, 50, § 187; and:
dubio procul,
Lucr. 1, 812; 2, 261.—
3.
Meton., like anceps (4), doubtful, dubious, i. e. precarious, dangerous, critical, difficult (freq. but mostly poet.):
res dubias, egenas, inopiosas consili,
critical condition, Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 2; so,
res,
id. Capt. 2, 3, 46; id. Most. 5, 1, 1; Sall. C. 10, 2; 39, 3; id. J. 14, 5; Liv. 2, 50 fin.; Tac. A. 2, 62; Verg. A. 6, 196; 11, 445 al.; cf.
pericla (with advorsae res),
Lucr. 3, 55; 1076:
tempora (opp. secunda),
Hor. C. 4, 9, 36:
mons erat ascensu dubius,
Prop. 4, 4, 83; cf.:
quae (loca) dubia nisu videbantur,
Sall. J. 94, 2.—
b.
In the neutr. absol. (i. q. discrimen, II. B. 2, and periculum):
mea quidem hercle certe in dubio vita est,
is in danger, Ter. And. 2, 2, 10 Ruhnk.; Sall. C. 52, 6; cf. Ov. Am. 2, 13, 2:
sese suas exercitusque fortunas in dubium non devocaturum,
Caes. B. G. 6, 7, 6; cf. Cic. Caecin. 27, 76:
tua fama et gnatae vita in dubium veniet,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 42; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 35; Ov. H. 16, 138 Loers.— Plur. as subst.:
hinc Italae gentes in dubiis responsa petunt,
Verg. A. 7, 86:
mens dubiis percussa pavet,
Luc. 6, 596.
II.
For the syn. varius, manifold, various (only in the foll. passages): o multimodis variūm et dubiūm et prosperūm copem diem, Pac. ap. Non. 84, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 115, ed. Rib.). And so prob. is to be explained dubia cena, a multifarious, richly provided supper, Ter. Ph. 2, 2, 28 (for the subjoined explanation of Terence: ubi tu dubites, quid sumas potissimum, is only outwardly adapted to the meaning of dubius); so,
dubia cena,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 77; and:
fercula dubiae cenae,
Aus. Mos. 102; Hier. Ep. 22, no. 16.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
(α).
dŭbĭe (acc. to I. B. 1.), doubtfully, dubiously (not in Plaut., Ter., or Caes.):
potest accidere, ut aliquod signum dubie datum pro certo sit acceptum,
Cic. Div. 1, 55.—Esp. freq. (particularly since the Aug. per.) with negatives: haud (rarely non) dubie, undoubtedly, indisputably, positively, certainly:
etsi non dubie mihi nuntiabatur Parthos transisse Euphratem, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 1 (nowhere else as an adv. in Cic.):
non dubie,
Quint. 7, 2, 6; 9, 4, 67; Front. Strat. 2, 3, 16; and with sed (cf. dubius, I. B. 2. b. e), Quint. 11, 2, 1; so,
too, nec dubie,
Liv. 2, 23 fin.; Quint. 2, 14, 2;
and with verum,
id. 3, 4, 1;
with sed,
Tac. A. 4, 19 fin.: haud dubie jam victor, [p. 615] Sall. J. 102, 1 (cf. on the contrary in Cic.: sine ulla dubitatione hostis, Phil. 14, 4, 10; cf. Liv. 3, 38; Cic. Cat. 4, 3, 5); so,
haud dubie,
Liv. 1, 9; 13; 3, 24; 38; 53; 4, 2; 23; 5, 10 fin.; 33 fin.; 49 fin. et saep. (about 70 times; see the passages in Stuerenb. Cic. Off. p. 138); Quint. 10, 1, 85; Tac. A. 2, 43; 88; id. H. 1, 7; 46; 72; 3, 86; 4, 27 fin.; 80; id. G. 28; Suet. Caes. 55; id. Calig. 9; id. Galb. 2; Vulg. Lev. 13, 43.—
(β).
dubio = dubie, App. M. 9, 2.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > dubius
102 अन्यथा _anyathā

अन्यथा ind. [अन्य-प्रकारार्थे था]

1 Otherwise, in another way or manner, in a different manner; यदभावि न तद्भावि भावि चेन्न तदन्यथा H. प्रस्ताविका 24; with अतः, इतः or ततः otherwise than, in a manner different from; अतो$न्यथा प्रवृत्तिस्तु राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.5.31; एतज्ज्ञानमिति प्रोक्तमज्ञानं यदतो$न्यथा Bg.13.11. अन्यथा-अन्यथा in one way, in another (different) way; यो$न्यथा सन्तमा- त्मानमन्यथा भाषते Ms.4.255; सत्त्वभङ्गभयाद्राज्ञां कथयन्त्य- न्यथा पुरः । अन्यथा विवृतार्थेषु स्वैरालापेषु मन्त्रिणः Mu.4.8. अन्यथा कृ (a) to do otherwise, change or alter; न हि दैवं शक्यमन्यथा कर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; न स्वभावो$त्र मर्त्यानां शक्यते कर्तुमन्यथा Pt.1.258; Ś.6.14; (b) to act other- wise, violate, transgress, go against; त्वया कदाचिदपि मम वचनं नान्यथा कृतम् Pt.4; (c) to destroy, undo, frustrate, baffle, defeat (hope, plan &c.), कर्तुमकर्तुमन्यथाकर्तुं समर्थ ईश्वरः; ममेच्छां मान्यथा कृथाः Ks.22.51; लाभं कुर्याच्च यो$न्यथा Y.2.195; (d) to make false, falsify; ख्यातो लोकप्रवादो$यं भरतेनान्यथा कृतः Rām.; अमात्यः प्राड्विवाको वा यत्कुर्युः कार्यमन्यथा Ms.9.234 to do wrongly; ˚ग्रह्, -मन्, -संभावय्, -समर्थय्, -विकल्पय् &c. to take or think to be otherwise, to misunder- stand, understand wrongly; अलमन्यथा गृहीत्वा न खलु मन- स्विनि मया प्रयुक्तमिदम् M.1.2; अलमस्मानन्यथा संभाव्य Ś.1; किं मामन्यथा संभावयसि K.147; Ś.3.19; जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste), ˚भू or या to be otherwise, be changed or altered, be falsified; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; शोकार्तस्य प्रवृत्तो मे श्लोको भवतु नान्यथा Rām.; तयोर्महात्मनोर्वाक्यं नान्यथा याति सांप्रतम् Rām.

-2 Otherwise, or else, in the contrary case; व्यक्तं नास्ति कथमन्यथा वासन्त्यपि तां न पश्येत् U.3; स्तेनो$न्यथा भवेत् Ms.8.144; Y.1.86,2.288; on the other hand, on the contrary.

-3 Falsely, untruly; किमन्यथा भट्टिनी मया विज्ञापितपूर्वा V.2; किमन्यथा भट्टिन्यै विज्ञापितम् M.4; न खल्वन्यथा ब्राह्मणस्य वचनम् V.3; यो न्यायमन्यथा ब्रूते स याति नरकं नरः Pt.3.17; H.3.15; Ms.8.9.

-4 Wrongly, erroneously, badly, as in अन्यथासिद्ध q. v. below; see under (1) also.

-5 From another motive, cause, or ground; दुर्वाससः शापादियं त्वया प्रत्यादिष्टा नान्यथा Ś.7. [cf. L. aliuta.].

-Comp. -अनुपपत्तिः f. see अर्थापत्ति.

-कारः changing, altering. (

-रम्) adv. in a different manner, differently P.III.4.27.

-ख्यातिः f.

1 erroneous conception of the Spirit.

-2 Name of a philosophical work.

-3 wrong conception in general (in phil.). In Sāṅkhya philosophy it means the assertion that something is not really what it appears to be according to sensual perception; title of a philosophical work.

-भावः alteration, change, being otherwise, difference; एकस्या व्यक्तेः सर्वावयवावच्छेदेनान्यथाभावः कार्त्स्न्यम् P.V.4.53; Sk. change of view or mind; मयि ˚भावो न कर्तव्यः Ch. Up.

-वादिन् a. speaking differently or falsely; speaking falsely or inconsistently; (in law) a prevaricator, prevaricating witness.

-वृत्ति a.

1 changed, altered.

-2 affected, perturbed; disturbed by strong emotions; मेघालोके भवति सुखिनोप्यन्यथावृत्ति चेतः Me.3.

-सिद्ध a. proved or demonstrated wrongly; (in Nyāya) said of a cause (कारण) which is not the true one, but only refers to accidental and remote circumstances (as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a घट or jar) which do not invariably contribute to the result, see कारण; this अन्यथा˚ is said to be of 3 kinds in Tarka. K., but 5 are mentioned in Bhāṣā P.19-22.

-द्धम्, -सिद्धिः f. wrong demonstration; one in which arguments, not being true causes are advanced; an unessential cause, an accidental or concomitant circumstance. Bhāṣā P.16.

-स्तोत्रम् satire, irony; सत्यासत्यान्यथास्तोत्रैर्न्यूनाङ्गेन्द्रियरोगिणाम् (क्षेपं करोति) cf. यत्र विकृताकृतिरेव दर्शनीयस्त्वमसीत्युच्यते तदन्यथास्तोत्रम् । Mitākṣarā. Y.2.24.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अन्यथा _anyathā
103 ἀλλά

ἀλλά (Hom.+; DELG s.v. ἄλλος; Schwyzer II 578) gener. adversative particle (orig. neut. pl. of ἄλλος, ‘otherwise’) indicating a difference with or contrast to what precedes, in the case of individual clauses as well as whole sentences

① after a negative or after μέν on the contrary, but, yet, rather

ⓐ introducing a contrast οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17. οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων … ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν 7:21. οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει Mk 5:39. οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 9:8 (v.l. εἰ μὴ τ. Ἰ.). οὐ … σαρκὶ ἀλλὰ μόνῳ πνεύματι AcPl Ant 13 (μόνον Aa I 237, 3). οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38. ἀλλὰ καθῶς γέγραπται Ro 15:21 introduces a statement about a procedure that contrasts with what precedes.—W. ascensive force (B-D-F §448; Rob. 1187) οὐ μόνον … ἀλλὰ καί not only …, but also (EpArist oft.; TestJob 47:2f; Jos., Bell. 3, 102; Just., A I, 5, 4): οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν Ac 21:13. οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 26:29; cp. 27:10; Ro 1:32; 4:12, 16; 9:24; 13:5; 2 Cor 8:10, 21; 9:12; Eph 1:21; Phil 1:29; 1 Th 1:5; 2:8; Hb 12:26; 1 Pt 2:18. W. the first member shortened (cp. TestJob 35:1) οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καί not only this (is the case), but also: οὐ μόνον δέ (sc. καυχώμεθα ἐπὶ τούτῳ), ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν Ro 5:3, cp. vs. 11; 8:23; 9:10; 2 Cor 8:19.—Introducing the main point after a question expressed or implied, which has been answered in the negative οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται Ἰωάννης no; rather his name shall be John Lk 1:60. οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐὰν μὴ μετανοῆτε no! I tell you; rather, if you do not repent 13:3, 5; cp. 16:30; J 7:12; Ac 16:37; Ro 3:27 (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 5; 31f [Stone p. 12]; JosAs 4:15 al.; ApcMos 6) after μὴ γένοιτο, which serves as a strong negation 3:31; 7:7, 13; cp. 1 Cor 7:21. The neg. answer is omitted as obvious: (no,) instead of that 6:6 (as a declaration). Instead of ἀ.: ἀλλʼ ἤ Lk 12:51; B 2:8. Also after a negative and ἄλλος, as in Pla., X. et al. (Kühner-G. II 284f; IG IV, 951, 76 [320 B.C.]; PPetr II, 46a, 5 [200 B.C.]; Just., A II, 4, 2 al.; in rhetorical quest. PsSol 5:12; B-D-F §448, 8): except οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε for we write you nothing (else) except what you can understand 2 Cor 1:13. This construction οὐκ ἄλλος ἀλλʼ ἤ is a combination of οὐκ ἄλλος …, ἀλλά (PTebt 104, 19 [92 B.C.] μὴ ἐξέστω Φιλίσκωνι γυναῖκα ἄλλην ἐπαγαγέσθαι, ἀλλὰ Ἀπολλωνίαν) 1 Cl 51:5, and οὐκ ἄλλος ἤ … (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 20).

ⓑ within the same clause, used to contrast single words (Just., A I, 15, 7 οὐ τούς δικαίους … ἀλλὰ τούς ἀσεβεῖς, D. 48, 1): οὐ … δικαίους ἀλλʼ ἁμαρτωλούς Mt 9:13; Lk 5:32. οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με Mk 9:37. ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλὰ τί σύ 14:36, cp. J 5:30; 6:38. ἡ ἐμὴ διδαχὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὴ ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 7:16. οὐκ ἐγὼ ἀλλὰ ὁ κύριος 1 Cor 7:10. οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ 6:13. οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον 11:17. οὐκ ἔστιν ἓν μέλος ἀλλὰ πολλά 12:14. οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ πονηρόν D 5:2. οὐχ ὡς διδάσκαλος ἀλλʼ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν B 1:8 al. In Mt 20:23, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου has been shortened from οὐκ ἐμὸν … ἀλλὰ τοῦ πατρός, ὅς δώσει οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.—But s. WBeck, CTM 21, ’50, 606–10 for the mng. except for Mt 20:23=Mk 10:40, and Mk 4:22, also 9:8 v.l. (for εἰ μή); D 9:5. So also B-D-F §448, 8; Mlt-Turner 330; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 113f.—After μὲν, to indicate that a limiting phrase is to follow πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 Cor 14:17.—The use of ἀλλά in the Johannine lit. is noteworthy, in that the parts contrasted are not always of equal standing grammatically: οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος τὸ φῶς ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός=ἀλλὰ μαρτυρῶν π. τ. φ. J 1:8; οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν ἀλλʼ … ἦλθον although I did not know him, yet I came vs. 31. εἶπον [ὅτι] οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλʼ ὅτι I said, ‘I am not the Christ; rather, I was sent before him’ 3:28. οὔτε οὗτος ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανερωθῇ neither this man has sinned, nor his parents, but (he was born blind) that … might be revealed 9:3.

② when whole clauses are compared, ἀλλά can indicate a transition to someth. different or contrasted: the other side of a matter or issue, but, yet. δεῖ γὰρ γενέσθαι, ἀλλʼ οὔπω ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος Mt 24:6, cp. Lk 21:9. κεκοίμηται• ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν J 11:11, cp. vs. 15; 16:20; Lk 22:36; J 4:23; 6:36, 64; 8:37; Ac 9:6; Ro 10:18f. ἁμαρτία οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται … ἀλλὰ … sin is not charged; nevertheless … 5:13f. Introducing an objection, ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖ τις (Jos., Bell. 7, 363 and Just., A I, 7, 1 ἀλλὰ φήσει τις) probably colloq. = ‘well’, someone will say: 1 Cor 15:35; Js 2:18 (difft. DWatson, NTS 39 ’93, 94–121). Taking back or limiting a preceding statement παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ• ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω Mk 14:36. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὔτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα Ro 5:15. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ 1 Cor 9:12. ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα 7:7. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τούτου δὲ εἴρηται D 1:6.—In ἀλλʼ, οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες … ; in Hb 3:16 ἀλλʼ, in the opinion of some, seems to owe its origin solely to a misunderstanding of the preceding τίνες as τινές by an early copyist (B-D-F §448, 4), but here ἀλλά may convey strong asseveration surely (so REB). See 3 below.

③ before independent clauses, to indicate that the preceding is to be regarded as a settled matter, thus forming a transition to someth. new (Just., A I, 3; 10, 1) other matter for additional consideration, but ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος … ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν but this rabble … is accursed J 7:49. ἀλλʼ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν (no, not at all!) but in all these we are more than conquerors Ro 8:37. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἃ θύουσιν, δαιμονίοις … θύουσιν (no!) but they (the gentiles) offer what they sacrifice to inferior deities 1 Cor 10:20 (their second-rate status is Paul’s connotation). Cp. Gal 2:3 and Mt 11:7f ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; (you could not have wanted to see that;) but what did you go out to see? Also to be explained elliptically is the ascensive ἀλλὰ καί (and not only this,) but also Lk 12:7; 16:21; 24:22; Phil 1:18 (Ath. 21, 4); negative ἀλλʼ οὐδέ Lk 23:15; Ac 19:2; 1 Cor 3:2; 4:3 (Ar. 9:1); strengthened ἀλλά γε καί indeed Lk 24:21; ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν γε καί Phil 3:8; Hb 3:16 (s. 2 above) may well be rendered (as NEB) all those, surely, whom Moses had led out of Egypt (cp. Dio Chrys. 33, 36; 47, 3).

④ for strong alternative/additional consideration

ⓐ in the apodosis of conditional sentences, yet, certainly, at least εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγώ certainly I will not Mk 14:29; cp. 1 Cor 8:6; 2 Cor 4:16; 5:16; 11:6; strengthened ἀλλὰ καί: εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν …, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως (sc. σύμφυτοι) ἐσόμεθα we shall certainly be united w. him in his resurrection Ro 6:5; limited by γε (ἀλλʼ οὖν γε Just., D. 76, 6; 93, 1): εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμι at least I am one to you 1 Cor 9:2 (cp. X., Cyr. 1, 3, 6; B-D-F §439, 2). ἐὰν γὰρ μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας certainly not many fathers 1 Cor 4:15.

ⓑ rhetorically ascensive: (not only this,) but rather πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀ. ἀπολογίαν, ἀ. ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀ. φόβον, ἀ. ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀ. ζῆλον, ἀ. ἐκδίκησιν even, yes indeed 2 Cor 7:11. On Eph 5:24 s. 5 below.

⑤ w. an impv. to strengthen the command: now, then (Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 4 ἀλλὰ παραμείνατε=so hold on! JosAs 13:9; ApcMos 3; SibOr 3, 624; 632; Jos., Ant. 4, 145): ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου now come and lay your hand on her Mt 9:18. ἀλλʼ εἴ τι δύνῃ, βοήθησον now help me, if you can (in any way) Mk 9:22. ἀλλὰ ὑπάγετε εἴπατε now go and tell 16:7. ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι Ac 10:20. ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι 26:16 (JosAs 14:11).—In same sense w. subjunctive ἀλλʼ … ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν now let us warn them not to speak any longer 4:17. ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε … ἵνα καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε 2 Cor 8:7. Unless Eph 5:24 is to be placed in 4b, it is prob. to be understood as an ellipsis, and can be expanded thus: then just as the church is subject to Christ, wives should also be subject to their husbands. Yet ἀλλά is also used to introduce an inference from what precedes: so, therefore, accordingly (e.g. Aristoph., Ach. 1189 ὁδὶ δὲ καὐτός. Ἀλλʼ ἄνοιγε τὴν θύραν=‘here he is in person. So open the door’, Birds 1718; Herodas 7, 89; Artem. 4, 27 p. 219, 22; cp. AMoorehouse, ClQ 46, ’52, 100–104 on ‘progressive’ ἀλλά as Od. 3, 388).—M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀλλά
104 ὁ

ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.² 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.

① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun

ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.

ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).

ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.

② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state

ⓐ w. nouns

α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.

א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.³ 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.

ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.

β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).

γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.

δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).

ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.

ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.

η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.

θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.

ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman⁴-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.

ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.

α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.

β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.

γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.

δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.

ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives

α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.

β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.

ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.

α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).

β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands

א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).

ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.

ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.

ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.

ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.

ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express

ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.

ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.

ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.

ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.

ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands

α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.

β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.

ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are

α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).

β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.

γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).

ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί

α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.

β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).

γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.

ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ
105 Language

   1) The Book of Nature Is Written in the Language of Mathematics

   Philosophy is written in that great book, the universe, which is always open, right before our eyes. But one cannot understand this book without first learning to understand the language and to know the characters in which it is written. It is written in the language of mathematics, and the characters are triangles, circles, and other figures. Without these, one cannot understand a single word of it, and just wanders in a dark labyrinth. (Galileo, 1990, p. 232)

   2) Arranging Speech so as to Reply Appropriately

   It never happens that it [a nonhuman animal] arranges its speech in various ways in order to reply appropriately to everything that may be said in its presence, as even the lowest type of man can do. (Descartes, 1970a, p. 116)

   3) No Other Animal Has the Language Capacity of the Human

   It is a very remarkable fact that there are none so depraved and stupid, without even excepting idiots, that they cannot arrange different words together, forming of them a statement by which they make known their thoughts; while, on the other hand, there is no other animal, however perfect and fortunately circumstanced it may be, which can do the same. (Descartes, 1967, p. 116)

   4) Human Beings Do Not Live Only in the World of Objects

   Human beings do not live in the object world alone, nor alone in the world of social activity as ordinarily understood, but are very much at the mercy of the particular language which has become the medium of expression for their society. It is quite an illusion to imagine that one adjusts to reality essentially without the use of language and that language is merely an incidental means of solving specific problems of communication or reﬂection. The fact of the matter is that the "real world" is to a large extent unconsciously built on the language habits of the group.... We see and hear and otherwise experience very largely as we do because the language habits of our community predispose certain choices of interpretation. (Sapir, 1921, p. 75)

   5) Language Powerfully Conditions All Our Thinking

   It powerfully conditions all our thinking about social problems and processes.... No two languages are ever sufficiently similar to be considered as representing the same social reality. The worlds in which different societies live are distinct worlds, not merely the same worlds with different labels attached. (Sapir, 1985, p. 162)

   6) A List of Language Games

   [A list of language games, not meant to be exhaustive:]

   Giving orders, and obeying them- Describing the appearance of an object, or giving its measurements- Constructing an object from a description (a drawing)Reporting an eventSpeculating about an eventForming and testing a hypothesisPresenting the results of an experiment in tables and diagramsMaking up a story; and reading itPlay actingSinging catchesGuessing riddlesMaking a joke; and telling it

   Solving a problem in practical arithmeticTranslating from one language into another

   LANGUAGE Asking, thanking, cursing, greeting, and praying-. (Wittgenstein, 1953, Pt. I, No. 23, pp. 11 e-12 e)

   7) Language Constrains Certain Modes of Interpretation

   We dissect nature along lines laid down by our native languages.... The world is presented in a kaleidoscopic ﬂux of impressions which has to be organized by our minds-and this means largely by the linguistic systems in our minds.... No individual is free to describe nature with absolute impartiality but is constrained to certain modes of interpretation even while he thinks himself most free. (Whorf, 1956, pp. 153, 213-214)

   8) We Dissect Nature in Accordance with Our Native Languages

   We dissect nature along the lines laid down by our native languages.

   The categories and types that we isolate from the world of phenomena we do not find there because they stare every observer in the face; on the contrary, the world is presented in a kaleidoscopic ﬂux of impressions which has to be organized by our minds-and this means largely by the linguistic systems in our minds.... We are thus introduced to a new principle of relativity, which holds that all observers are not led by the same physical evidence to the same picture of the universe, unless their linguistic backgrounds are similar or can in some way be calibrated. (Whorf, 1956, pp. 213-214)

   9) The Forms of a Person's Thoughts Are Controlled by Unperceived Patterns of His Own Language

   The forms of a person's thoughts are controlled by inexorable laws of pattern of which he is unconscious. These patterns are the unperceived intricate systematizations of his own language-shown readily enough by a candid comparison and contrast with other languages, especially those of a different linguistic family. (Whorf, 1956, p. 252)

    10) The Analysis of Certain Types of Utterances

   It has come to be commonly held that many utterances which look like statements are either not intended at all, or only intended in part, to record or impart straightforward information about the facts.... Many traditional philosophical perplexities have arisen through a mistake-the mistake of taking as straightforward statements of fact utterances which are either (in interesting non-grammatical ways) nonsensical or else intended as something quite different. (Austin, 1962, pp. 2-3)

    11) The Dictionary of a Language Is a System of Concepts

   In general, one might define a complex of semantic components connected by logical constants as a concept. The dictionary of a language is then a system of concepts in which a phonological form and certain syntactic and morphological characteristics are assigned to each concept. This system of concepts is structured by several types of relations. It is supplemented, furthermore, by redundancy or implicational rules..., representing general properties of the whole system of concepts.... At least a relevant part of these general rules is not bound to particular languages, but represents presumably universal structures of natural languages. They are not learned, but are rather a part of the human ability to acquire an arbitrary natural language. (Bierwisch, 1970, pp. 171-172)

    12) Talk about the Evolution of the Language Capacity is Beside the Point

   In studying the evolution of mind, we cannot guess to what extent there are physically possible alternatives to, say, transformational generative grammar, for an organism meeting certain other physical conditions characteristic of humans. Conceivably, there are none-or very few-in which case talk about evolution of the language capacity is beside the point. (Chomsky, 1972, p. 98)

    13) The Development of Language

   [It is] truth value rather than syntactic well-formedness that chieﬂy governs explicit verbal reinforcement by parents-which renders mildly paradoxical the fact that the usual product of such a training schedule is an adult whose speech is highly grammatical but not notably truthful. (R. O. Brown, 1973, p. 330)

    14) Sentential and Conceptual Levels in Language

   he conceptual base is responsible for formally representing the concepts underlying an utterance.... A given word in a language may or may not have one or more concepts underlying it.... On the sentential level, the utterances of a given language are encoded within a syntactic structure of that language. The basic construction of the sentential level is the sentence.

   The next highest level... is the conceptual level. We call the basic construction of this level the conceptualization. A conceptualization consists of concepts and certain relations among those concepts. We can consider that both levels exist at the same point in time and that for any unit on one level, some corresponding realizate exists on the other level. This realizate may be null or extremely complex.... Conceptualizations may relate to other conceptualizations by nesting or other specified relationships. (Schank, 1973, pp. 191-192)

    15) Linguistic Realities Have Not Yet Been Captured by Theoretical Models

   The mathematics of multi-dimensional interactive spaces and lattices, the projection of "computer behavior" on to possible models of cerebral functions, the theoretical and mechanical investigation of artificial intelligence, are producing a stream of sophisticated, often suggestive ideas.

   But it is, I believe, fair to say that nothing put forward until now in either theoretic design or mechanical mimicry comes even remotely in reach of the most rudimentary linguistic realities. (Steiner, 1975, p. 284)

    16) The Final Steps to Human Language

   The step from the simple tool to the master tool, a tool to make tools (what we would now call a machine tool), seems to me indeed to parallel the final step to human language, which I call reconstitution. It expresses in a practical and social context the same understanding of hierarchy, and shows the same analysis by function as a basis for synthesis. (Bronowski, 1977, pp. 127-128)

    17) The Inadequacy of Formal Linguistic Models for Ordinary Language Usage

    t is the language donn eґ in which we conduct our lives.... We have no other. And the danger is that formal linguistic models, in their loosely argued analogy with the axiomatic structure of the mathematical sciences, may block perception.... It is quite conceivable that, in language, continuous induction from simple, elemental units to more complex, realistic forms is not justified. The extent and formal "undecidability" of context-and every linguistic particle above the level of the phoneme is context-bound-may make it impossible, except in the most abstract, meta-linguistic sense, to pass from "pro-verbs," "kernals," or "deep deep structures" to actual speech. (Steiner, 1975, pp. 111-113)

    18) When a Language Is an Abstract Machine

   A higher-level formal language is an abstract machine. (Weizenbaum, 1976, p. 113)

    19) Metaphor and Metonymy Underpin the Formation of Linguistic Signs

   Jakobson sees metaphor and metonymy as the characteristic modes of binarily opposed polarities which between them underpin the two-fold process of selection and combination by which linguistic signs are formed.... Thus messages are constructed, as Saussure said, by a combination of a "horizontal" movement, which combines words together, and a "vertical" movement, which selects the particular words from the available inventory or "inner storehouse" of the language. The combinative (or syntagmatic) process manifests itself in contiguity (one word being placed next to another) and its mode is metonymic. The selective (or associative) process manifests itself in similarity (one word or concept being "like" another) and its mode is metaphoric. The "opposition" of metaphor and metonymy therefore may be said to represent in effect the essence of the total opposition between the synchronic mode of language (its immediate, coexistent, "vertical" relationships) and its diachronic mode (its sequential, successive, lineal progressive relationships). (Hawkes, 1977, pp. 77-78)

    20) Language and the Analysis of Nature

   It is striking that the layered structure that man has given to language constantly reappears in his analyses of nature. (Bronowski, 1977, p. 121)

    21) Correspondence Rules for Mapping Old Theory into Subsets of New Theory

   First, [an ideal intertheoretic reduction] provides us with a set of rules"correspondence rules" or "bridge laws," as the standard vernacular has it-which effect a mapping of the terms of the old theory (T o) onto a subset of the expressions of the new or reducing theory (T n). These rules guide the application of those selected expressions of T n in the following way: we are free to make singular applications of their correspondencerule doppelgangers in T o....

   Second, and equally important, a successful reduction ideally has the outcome that, under the term mapping effected by the correspondence rules, the central principles of T o (those of semantic and systematic importance) are mapped onto general sentences of T n that are theorems of Tn. (P. Churchland, 1979, p. 81)

    22) The Inclusion of Non- linguistic Factors in a Theory of Grammar

   If non-linguistic factors must be included in grammar: beliefs, attitudes, etc. [this would] amount to a rejection of the initial idealization of language as an object of study. A priori such a move cannot be ruled out, but it must be empirically motivated. If it proves to be correct, I would conclude that language is a chaos that is not worth studying.... Note that the question is not whether beliefs or attitudes, and so on, play a role in linguistic behavior and linguistic judgments... [but rather] whether distinct cognitive structures can be identified, which interact in the real use of language and linguistic judgments, the grammatical system being one of these. (Chomsky, 1979, pp. 140, 152-153)

    23) Language Is Inevitably Inﬂuenced by Specific Contexts of Human Interaction

   Language cannot be studied in isolation from the investigation of "rationality." It cannot afford to neglect our everyday assumptions concerning the total behavior of a reasonable person.... An integrational linguistics must recognize that human beings inhabit a communicational space which is not neatly compartmentalized into language and nonlanguage.... It renounces in advance the possibility of setting up systems of forms and meanings which will "account for" a central core of linguistic behavior irrespective of the situation and communicational purposes involved. (Harris, 1981, p. 165)

    24) The Genetic Blueprints of Language

   By innate [linguistic knowledge], Chomsky simply means "genetically programmed." He does not literally think that children are born with language in their heads ready to be spoken. He merely claims that a "blueprint is there, which is brought into use when the child reaches a certain point in her general development. With the help of this blueprint, she analyzes the language she hears around her more readily than she would if she were totally unprepared for the strange gabbling sounds which emerge from human mouths. (Aitchison, 1987, p. 31)

    25) Languages Are Machines

   Looking at ourselves from the computer viewpoint, we cannot avoid seeing that natural language is our most important "programming language." This means that a vast portion of our knowledge and activity is, for us, best communicated and understood in our natural language.... One could say that natural language was our first great original artifact and, since, as we increasingly realize, languages are machines, so natural language, with our brains to run it, was our primal invention of the universal computer. One could say this except for the sneaking suspicion that language isn't something we invented but something we became, not something we constructed but something in which we created, and recreated, ourselves. (Leiber, 1991, p. 8)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Language
106 Philosophy

   1) There Are Ideas That Have Their Own True and Immutable Nature

   And what I believe to be more important here is that I find in myself an infinity of ideas of certain things which cannot be assumed to be pure nothingness, even though they may have perhaps no existence outside of my thought. These things are not figments of my imagination, even though it is within my power to think of them or not to think of them; on the contrary, they have their own true and immutable natures. Thus, for example, when I imagine a triangle, even though there may perhaps be no such figure anywhere in the world outside of my thought, nor ever have been, nevertheless the figure cannot help having a certain determinate nature... or essence, which is immutable and eternal, which I have not invented and which does not in any way depend upon my mind. (Descartes, 1951, p. 61)

   2) Examine What Is within Our Reach

   Let us console ourselves for not knowing the possible connections between a spider and the rings of Saturn, and continue to examine what is within our reach. (Voltaire, 1961, p. 144)

   3) Modern Philosophy Starts with the Cartesian Catastrophe

   As modern physics started with the Newtonian revolution, so modern philosophy starts with what one might call the Cartesian Catastrophe. The catastrophe consisted in the splitting up of the world into the realms of matter and mind, and the identification of "mind" with conscious thinking. The result of this identification was the shallow rationalism of l'esprit Cartesien, and an impoverishment of psychology which it took three centuries to remedy even in part. (Koestler, 1964, p. 148)

   4) The Rightful Claims of Philosophy

   It has been made of late a reproach against natural philosophy that it has struck out on a path of its own, and has separated itself more and more widely from the other sciences which are united by common philological and historical studies. The opposition has, in fact, been long apparent, and seems to me to have grown up mainly under the inﬂuence of the Hegelian philosophy, or, at any rate, to have been brought out into more distinct relief by that philosophy.... The sole object of Kant's "Critical Philosophy" was to test the sources and the authority of our knowledge, and to fix a definite scope and standard for the researches of philosophy, as compared with other sciences.... [But Hegel's] "Philosophy of Identity" was bolder. It started with the hypothesis that not only spiritual phenomena, but even the actual world-nature, that is, and man-were the result of an act of thought on the part of a creative mind, similar, it was supposed, in kind to the human mind.... The philosophers accused the scientific men of narrowness; the scientific men retorted that the philosophers were crazy. And so it came about that men of science began to lay some stress on the banishment of all philosophic inﬂuences from their work; while some of them, including men of the greatest acuteness, went so far as to condemn philosophy altogether, not merely as useless, but as mischievous dreaming. Thus, it must be confessed, not only were the illegitimate pretensions of the Hegelian system to subordinate to itself all other studies rejected, but no regard was paid to the rightful claims of philosophy, that is, the criticism of the sources of cognition, and the definition of the functions of the intellect. (Helmholz, quoted in Dampier, 1966, pp. 291-292)

   5) The Philosophy of Philosophy

   Philosophy remains true to its classical tradition by renouncing it. (Habermas, 1972, p. 317)

   6) Philosophy Is a Field Which Has Certain Central Questions

   I have not attempted... to put forward any grand view of the nature of philosophy; nor do I have any such grand view to put forth if I would. It will be obvious that I do not agree with those who see philosophy as the history of "howlers" and progress in philosophy as the debunking of howlers. It will also be obvious that I do not agree with those who see philosophy as the enterprise of putting forward a priori truths about the world.... I see philosophy as a field which has certain central questions, for example, the relation between thought and reality.... It seems obvious that in dealing with these questions philosophers have formulated rival research programs, that they have put forward general hypotheses, and that philosophers within each major research program have modified their hypotheses by trial and error, even if they sometimes refuse to admit that that is what they are doing. To that extent philosophy is a "science." To argue about whether philosophy is a science in any more serious sense seems to me to be hardly a useful occupation.... It does not seem to me important to decide whether science is philosophy or philosophy is science as long as one has a conception of both that makes both essential to a responsible view of the world and of man's place in it. (Putnam, 1975, p. xvii)

   7) The Central Task of Philosophy

   What can philosophy contribute to solving the problem of the relation [of] mind to body? Twenty years ago, many English-speaking philosophers would have answered: "Nothing beyond an analysis of the various mental concepts." If we seek knowledge of things, they thought, it is to science that we must turn. Philosophy can only cast light upon our concepts of those things.

   This retreat from things to concepts was not undertaken lightly. Ever since the seventeenth century, the great intellectual fact of our culture has been the incredible expansion of knowledge both in the natural and in the rational sciences (mathematics, logic).

   The success of science created a crisis in philosophy. What was there for philosophy to do? Hume had already perceived the problem in some degree, and so surely did Kant, but it was not until the twentieth century, with the Vienna Circle and with Wittgenstein, that the difficulty began to weigh heavily. Wittgenstein took the view that philosophy could do no more than strive to undo the intellectual knots it itself had tied, so achieving intellectual release, and even a certain illumination, but no knowledge. A little later, and more optimistically, Ryle saw a positive, if reduced role, for philosophy in mapping the "logical geography" of our concepts: how they stood to each other and how they were to be analyzed....

   Since that time, however, philosophers in the "analytic" tradition have swung back from Wittgensteinian and even Rylean pessimism to a more traditional conception of the proper role and tasks of philosophy. Many analytic philosophers now would accept the view that the central task of philosophy is to give an account, or at least play a part in giving an account, of the most general nature of things and of man. (Armstrong, 1990, pp. 37-38)

   8) Philosophy's Evolving Engagement with Artificial Intelligence and Cognitive Science

   In the beginning, the nature of philosophy's engagement with artificial intelligence and cognitive science was clear enough. The new sciences of the mind were to provide the long-awaited vindication of the most potent dreams of naturalism and materialism. Mind would at last be located firmly within the natural order. We would see in detail how the most perplexing features of the mental realm could be supported by the operations of solely physical laws upon solely physical stuff. Mental causation (the power of, e.g., a belief to cause an action) would emerge as just another species of physical causation. Reasoning would be understood as a kind of automated theorem proving. And the key to both was to be the depiction of the brain as the implementation of multiple higher level programs whose task was to manipulate and transform symbols or representations: inner items with one foot in the physical (they were realized as brain states) and one in the mental (they were bearers of contents, and their physical gymnastics were cleverly designed to respect semantic relationships such as truth preservation). (A. Clark, 1996, p. 1)

   9) The Enduring Value of Philosophy

   Socrates of Athens famously declared that "the unexamined life is not worth living," and his motto aptly explains the impulse to philosophize. Taking nothing for granted, philosophy probes and questions the fundamental presuppositions of every area of human inquiry.... [P]art of the job of the philosopher is to keep at a certain critical distance from current doctrines, whether in the sciences or the arts, and to examine instead how the various elements in our world-view clash, or fit together. Some philosophers have tried to incorporate the results of these inquiries into a grand synoptic view of the nature of reality and our human relationship to it. Others have mistrusted system-building, and seen their primary role as one of clarifications, or the removal of obstacles along the road to truth. But all have shared the Socratic vision of using the human intellect to challenge comfortable preconceptions, insisting that every aspect of human theory and practice be subjected to continuing critical scrutiny....

   Philosophy is, of course, part of a continuing tradition, and there is much to be gained from seeing how that tradition originated and developed. But the principal object of studying the materials in this book is not to pay homage to past genius, but to enrich one's understanding of central problems that are as pressing today as they have always been-problems about knowledge, truth and reality, the nature of the mind, the basis of right action, and the best way to live. These questions help to mark out the territory of philosophy as an academic discipline, but in a wider sense they define the human predicament itself; they will surely continue to be with us for as long as humanity endures. (Cottingham, 1996, pp. xxi-xxii)

    10) The Distinction between Dionysian Man and Apollonian Man, between Art and Creativity and Reason and Self- Control

   In his study of ancient Greek culture, The Birth of Tragedy, Nietzsche drew what would become a famous distinction, between the Dionysian spirit, the untamed spirit of art and creativity, and the Apollonian, that of reason and self-control. The story of Greek civilization, and all civilizations, Nietzsche implied, was the gradual victory of Apollonian man, with his desire for control over nature and himself, over Dionysian man, who survives only in myth, poetry, music, and drama. Socrates and Plato had attacked the illusions of art as unreal, and had overturned the delicate cultural balance by valuing only man's critical, rational, and controlling consciousness while denigrating his vital life instincts as irrational and base. The result of this division is "Alexandrian man," the civilized and accomplished Greek citizen of the later ancient world, who is "equipped with the greatest forces of knowledge" but in whom the wellsprings of creativity have dried up. (Herman, 1997, pp. 95-96)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Philosophy
107 rien

rien [ʀjɛ̃]

━━━━━━━━━

1. indefinite pronoun

2. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. nothing

• qu'est-ce qui ne va pas ? -- rien what's wrong? -- nothing

• ça ou rien, c'est pareil it makes no odds

► ne... rien not... anything nothing

• il n'a rien fait he didn't do anything he did nothing

• je n'ai rien entendu I didn't hear anything

• il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left

• elle ne mange presque rien she hardly eats anything

• il n'en sait rien he has no idea

• je n'en sais trop rien I haven't a clue (PROV) on n'a rien sans rien(PROV) nothing ventured, nothing gained► avoir + rien

• ils n'ont rien (possessions) they haven't got anything they have nothing ; (maladie, blessure) they're OK

• ça va, tu n'as rien ? are you OK?

• n'avoir rien contre qn/qch to have nothing against sb/sth

• il n'a rien d'un politicien he's got nothing of the politician about him

• il n'y a rien à manger there's nothing to eat

• j'en ai rien à foutre (inf!) I don't give a damn (inf!)

• on n'a rien sans rien you don't get anything for nothing► être + rien

• n'être rien [personne] to be a nobody ; [chose] to be nothing

• pour lui, 50 km à vélo, ce n'est rien cycling 50 kilometres is nothing for him

• il n'est plus rien pour moi he means nothing to me anymore

• il n'en est rien it's nothing of the sort

• élever quatre enfants, ce n'est pas rien bringing up four children is quite something

• tu t'es fait mal ? -- non, c'est rien (inf) did you hurt yourself? -- no, it's nothing

• pardon ! -- c'est rien or ce n'est rien (inf) sorry! -- it doesn't matter► faire + rien

• il ne fait rien he does nothing ; ( = ne travaille pas) he doesn't work

• huit jours sans rien faire a week doing nothing

• il ne nous a rien fait he hasn't done anything to us

• ça ne lui fait rien he doesn't care

• ça ne fait rien it doesn't matter

• il n'y a rien à faire there's nothing we can do

• rien à faire ! it's no good!

• rien n'y fait ! nothing's any good!► en rien

• il n'est en rien responsable de la situation he's not in any way responsible for the situation

• ce tableau ne ressemble en rien au reste de son œuvre this picture is nothing like his other works► rien de + adjectif ou adverbe nothing

• rien d'autre nothing else

• je ne veux rien d'autre I don't want anything else

• je t'achèterai le journal, rien d'autre ? I'll get you a newspaper - do you want anything else?

• rien de neuf nothing new

• rien de plus nothing else

• rien de plus facile nothing easier

• nous n'avons rien de plus à ajouter we have nothing further to add

• ça n'a rien d'impossible it's perfectly possible

• rien de tel qu'une bonne douche chaude ! there's nothing like a nice hot shower!

   b. ( = quelque chose) anything

• as-tu jamais rien vu de pareil ? have you ever seen anything like it?

   c. (Sport) nil

• il mène par deux sets à rien he's leading by two sets to love

   d. (locutions) rien à signaler nothing to report

• rien à déclarer nothing to declare

• c'est mieux que rien it's better than nothing

• c'est ça ou rien it's that or nothing

• deux fois rien next to nothing

• trois fois rien next to nothing

• il ne comprend rien à rien he hasn't got a clue

• ça ne me dit rien qui vaille I don't like the look of that

► de rien !

• je vous remercie -- de rien ! (inf) thank you -- you're welcome!

• excusez-moi ! -- de rien ! (inf) sorry! -- no trouble!► rien au monde nothing on earth

• il ne quitterait son pays pour rien au monde he wouldn't leave his country for anything► rien du tout nothing at all

• qu'as-tu vu ? -- rien du tout what did you see? -- nothing at all

• une petite éraflure de rien du tout a tiny little scratch

• qu'est-ce que c'est que ce cadeau de rien du tout ? what on earth can I (or you etc) do with this stupid little present?► rien de rien (inf) absolutely nothing

• il ne fait rien, mais rien de rien (inf) he does nothing, and I mean nothing► pour rien ( = inutilement) for nothing ; ( = pour peu d'argent) for next to nothing

• pourquoi tu dis ça ? -- pour rien why do you say that? -- no reason

• ce n'est pas pour rien que... it's not for nothing that...► rien que

• la vérité, rien que la vérité the truth and nothing but the truth

• rien que la chambre coûte déjà très cher the room alone already costs a lot

• rien qu'à le voir, j'ai deviné I guessed by just looking at him

• je voudrais vous voir, rien qu'une minute could I see you just for a minute?

• il le fait rien que pour t'embêter (inf) he just does it to annoy you

• c'est à moi, rien qu'à moi it's mine and mine alone

• il voulait 500 €, rien que ça ! he wanted a mere 500 euros!

• elle veut être actrice, rien que ça ! she wants to be an actress, no less!

2. <

► un rien a mere nothing ; (avec adjectif) a tiny bit

• un rien l'effraie the slightest thing frightens him

• un rien la fait rire she laughs at every little thing

• un rien l'habille she looks good in anything

• j'ai failli rater le train, il s'en est fallu d'un rien I came within a hair's breadth of missing the train

• il pourrait te casser le bras comme un rien (inf) he could break your arm, no trouble

• un rien plus grand a tiny bit bigger

• un rien plus petit a tiny bit smaller

• « moi pas » dit-elle un rien insolente "I'm not", she said rather insolently► un rien de a touch of

• avec un rien d'ironie with a touch of irony

• en un rien de temps in no time► pour un rien

• il pleure pour un rien he cries at the slightest little thing

• il s'inquiète pour un rien he worries about the slightest little thing► des riens trivia

* * *

I
1. ʀjɛ̃
pronom indéfini

1) ( nulle chose)

rien n'est impossible — nothing is impossible

un mois à ne rien faire — a month doing nothing

il n'y a rien qui puisse la consoler — nothing can console her

il n'y a plus rien — there's nothing left

ce n'est rien — it's nothing

elle n'est rien — she's a nobody

il n'est rien pour moi — he means ou is nothing to me

il n'en est rien — it's nothing of the sort

elle ne t'a rien fait — she hasn't done anything to you

rien n'y fait! — nothing's any good!

il n'a rien d'un intrigant — there's nothing of the schemer about him

elle n'a rien de sa sœur — she's nothing like her sister

rien de bon — nothing good

rien d'autre — nothing else

il n'y a rien eu de cassé — nothing was broken

rien à déclarer — nothing to declare

partir de rien — to start from nothing

pour rien — ( en vain) for nothing; ( à bas prix) for next to nothing

‘pourquoi?’ - ‘pour rien’ — ‘why?’ - ‘no reason’

parler pour rien — to waste one's breath

‘merci’ - ‘de rien’ — ‘thank you’ - ‘you're welcome’ ou ‘not at all’

en moins de rien — in no time at all

‘que prends-tu?’ - ‘rien du tout’ — ‘what are you having?’ - ‘nothing at all’

ça ou rien, c'est pareil — it makes no odds

c'est trois fois rien — (colloq) it's next to nothing

rien de rien — (colloq) absolutely nothing

faire quelque chose comme rien — to do something very easily

2) ( seulement)

rien que la bouteille pèse deux kilos — the bottle alone weighs two kilos

elle voudrait un bureau rien qu'à elle — (colloq) she would like an office all to herself

la vérité, rien que la vérité — the truth and nothing but the truth

rien que pour te plaire — just to please you

rien que ça? — (colloq) ( en réponse) is that all?

ils habitent un château, rien que ça! — iron they live in a castle, no less! ou if you please!

3) ( quoi que ce soit) anything

avant de rien signer — before signing anything

sans que j'en sache rien — without my knowing anything about it

4) Sport gén nil; ( au tennis) love

2.

de rien (du tout) locution adjective

fille de rien — worthless girl

un petit bleu de rien (du tout) — a tiny bruise

une affaire de rien du tout — a trivial matter

3.

(colloq) un rien locution adverbiale a (tiny) bit

un rien pédant — a bit pedantic

4.

en rien locution adverbiale at all, in any way

••

rien à faire! — ( c'est impossible) it's no good ou use!; ( refus) no way! (colloq)

on n'a rien pour rien — you get nothing for nothing

ce n'est pas rien! — ( exploit) it's quite something!; ( tâche) it's no joke, it's not exactly a picnic! (colloq); ( somme) it's not exactly peanuts! (colloq)

II ʀjɛ̃
nom masculin

1) ( vétille)

un rien le fâche — the slightest thing annoys him

se disputer pour un rien — to quarrel over nothing

perdre son temps à des riens — to waste one's time on trivial things

les petits riens qui rendent la vie agréable — the little things which make life pleasant

faire quelque chose comme un rien — (colloq) to do something very easily

2) (colloq) ( petite quantité)

un rien de — a touch of

un rien de cognac — a dash of brandy

en un rien de temps — in next to no time

3) (colloq) ( personne)

un/une rien du tout — ( insignifiant) a nobody; ( sans moralité) a no-good (colloq), a worthless person

* * *
ʀjɛ̃
1. pron

1) (= sans 'ne') nothing

"Qu'est-ce que vous avez?" — "Rien." — "What have you got?" — "Nothing."

"Qu'est-ce que tu as acheté?" — "Rien." — "What have you bought?" — "Nothing."

pour rien au monde; Pour rien au monde je ne le vendrais. — I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world.

2) (avec 'ne')

ne... rien — not... anything, nothing

Il n'a rien dit. — He didn't say anything., He hasn't said anything.

Il n'a rien fait. — He didn't do anything., He hasn't done anything.

il n'a rien (= n'est pas blessé) — he's all right

ça ne fait rien — it doesn't matter

il n'y est pour rien — he's got nothing to do with it

ça n'a rien à voir — it has nothing to do with it

il n'en est rien! — nothing of the sort!

3) (= quelque chose)

A-t-il jamais rien fait pour nous? — Has he ever done anything for us?

4) (autres locutions)

rien de; rien d'intéressant — nothing interesting

rien d'autre — nothing else

rien du tout — nothing at all

n'avoir rien de; Il n'a rien d'un champion. — He's no champion.

rien que — just, only

rien que pour lui faire plaisir — just to please him

rien que la vérité — nothing but the truth

rien que cela — that alone

Rien que la voiture coûte un million. — The car alone costs a million.

de rien! — not at all!, don't mention it!

"Merci beaucoup!" — "De rien!" — "Thank you very much!" — "Not at all!"

rien à faire! — it's no good!, it's no use!

en rien; il ne lui ressemble en rien — he's nothing like him

2. nm

1) (= quantité infime)

un rien de — a hint of

en un rien de temps — in no time at all

2) (= chose insignifiante)

avoir peur d'un rien — to be frightened of the slightest thing

Il se met en colère pour un rien. — He loses his temper over the slightest thing.

des petits riens; des riens — trivial things pl little things pl

un petit rien — a little something

* * *

I.

rien

A pron indéf

1 ( nulle chose) rien n'est impossible nothing is impossible; un mois à ne rien faire a month doing nothing; j'ai décidé de ne rien dire I decided to say nothing ou not to say anything; il n'y a rien qui puisse la consoler nothing can console her; il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left; il n'y a plus rien à faire ( comme travail) there's nothing left ou else to do; ( pour le sauver) there's nothing more ou else that can be done; ce n'est rien it's nothing; elle n'est rien she's a nobody; il n'est rien pour moi he means ou is nothing to me; ils ne nous sont rien they're nothing to do with us; il n'en est rien it's nothing of the sort; elle ne t'a rien fait she hasn't done anything to you; n'avoir rien à faire avec qn to have nothing to do with sb; rien n'y fait! nothing's any good!; il n'a rien d'un intrigant there's nothing of the schemer about him; elle n'a rien de sa sœur she's nothing like her sister; rien de bon nothing good; rien d'autre nothing else; rien de moins/de plus nothing less/more (que than); rien de meilleur/de pire/de mieux nothing better/worse/better (que than); il n'y a rien de tel/de tel que la marche pour garder la forme there's nothing like it/like walking to keep you fit; il n'y a rien eu de cassé nothing was broken; ça n'a rien de luxueux there's nothing luxurious about it; je n'ai jamais rien vu de pire I've never seen anything worse; rien à déclarer/signaler nothing to declare/report; partir de rien to start from nothing; faire un drame d'un rien to make a drama out of nothing; pour rien ( en vain) for nothing; ( à bas prix) for next to nothing; ‘pourquoi?’-‘pour rien’ ‘why?’-‘no reason’; ce n'est pas pour rien que it's not without reason ou not for nothing that; parler pour rien to waste one's breath; ‘merci’-‘de rien’ ‘thank you’-‘you're welcome’, ‘not at all’; en moins de rien in no time at all; ‘que prends-tu?’-‘rien du tout’ ‘what are you having?’-‘nothing at all’; c'est ça ou rien it's that or nothing, take it or leave it; ‘mais vous avez un contrat’-‘ça ou rien(, c'est pareil)’ ‘but you have a contract’-‘I might as well not have one’, ‘it makes no odds’; c'est mieux que rien it's better than nothing; c'est moins que rien it's nothing at all; c'est trois fois rien it's next to nothing; rien à rien, rien de rien○ absolutely nothing; faire qch comme rien to do sth very easily;

2 ( seulement) rien que la bouteille pèse deux kilos the bottle alone weighs two kilos; j'en ai eu pour 35 euros rien qu'avec les fleurs the flowers alone cost me 35 euros; c'est à lui et rien qu'à lui it's his and his alone; elle voudrait un bureau rien qu'à elle○ she would like an office all to herself; il n'est rien qu'un scribouillard he's nothing but ou he's just a penpusher; ‘qu'y a-t-il à boire?’-‘rien que de l'eau’ ‘what is there to drink?’-‘just water’; la vérité, rien que la vérité the truth and nothing but the truth; rien que pour te plaire just to please you; j'en ai la nausée rien que d'y penser I feel sick just thinking about it; rien qu'à voir comment il s'habille just by looking at the way he dresses; rien que ça○? ( en réponse) is that all?; ils habitent un château, rien que ça! iron they live in a castle, no less! ou if you please! iron;

3 ( quoi que ce soit) anything; avant de rien signer before signing anything; sans que j'en sache rien without my knowing anything about it; il m'a demandé si je n'avais rien vu he asked me if I had seen anything; as-tu jamais rien fait pour eux? have you ever done anything for them?;

4 Sport gén nil; ( au tennis) love; rien partout, rien à rien nil nil; rien à 15 ( au tennis) love 15.

B de rien (du tout) loc adj fille de rien worthless girl; un petit bleu de rien (du tout) a tiny bruise; une affaire de rien du tout a trivial matter.

C ○adv c'est rien moche! it isn't half ugly○! GB, it's really ugly.

D ○ un rien loc adv a (tiny) bit; un rien pédant/trop cuit a bit pedantic/overcooked.

E en rien loc adv at all, in any way; cela ne me concerne en rien that doesn't concern me at all ou in any way; ce n'est en rien nécessaire it's not at all necessary, it's in no way necessary; il ne te ressemble en rien he's not at all like you, he's nothing like you.

Idiomes

rien à faire! ( c'est impossible) it's no good ou use!; ( refus) no way○!; on n'a rien pour rien you get nothing for nothing; ce n'est pas rien! ( exploit) it's quite something!; ( tâche) it's no joke, it's not exactly a picnic○!; ( somme) it's not exactly peanuts○!

II.

rien nm

1 ( vétille) être puni pour un rien to be punished for the slightest thing; un rien le fâche the slightest thing annoys him; un rien l'habille, elle s'habille d'un rien she looks good in the simplest thing; se disputer pour un rien to quarrel over nothing; perdre son temps à des riens to waste one's time on trivial things; les petits riens qui rendent la vie agréable the little things which make life pleasant; faire qch comme un rien to do sth very easily;

2 ( petite quantité) un rien de a touch of; un rien d'humour a touch of humour^GB; un rien de sel a tiny pinch of salt; un rien de cognac a dash of brandy; en un rien de temps in next to no time;

3 ( personne) un/une rien du tout ( insignifiant) a nobody; ( sans moralité) a no-good○, a worthless person.

[rjɛ̃] pronom indéfini

1. [nulle chose] nothing

créer quelque chose à partir de rien to create something out of nothing

rien de tel qu'un bon (roman) policier there's nothing like a good detective story

rien de cassé/grave, j'espère? nothing broken/serious, I hope?

rien d'autre nothing else

rien de nouveau no new developments

rien de plus nothing else ou more

rien de moins nothing less

[en réponse négative à une question]

à quoi tu penses? — à rien! what are you thinking about? — nothing!

qu'est-ce que tu lui laisses? — rien de rien! what are you leaving him — not a thing!

rien du tout nothing at all

je vous remercie — de rien! thanks — you're welcome ou not at all ou don't mention it

une affaire de rien du tout a trifling ou trivial matter

une égratignure de rien du tout a little scratch

c'est ça ou rien take it or leave it

c'est tout ou rien it's all or nothing

rien à dire, c'est parfait! what can I say, it's perfect!

rien à faire, la voiture ne veut pas démarrer it's no good, the car (just) won't start

rien à déclarer nothing to declare

j'en ai rien à faire (familier) ou àcirer (très familier) I don't give a damn ou a toss (très familier)

faire semblant de rien to pretend that nothing happened

2. [en corrélation avec 'ne']

rien n'est plus beau que... there's nothing more beautiful than...

plus rien n'a d'importance nothing matters any more

rien de grave n'est arrivé nothing serious happened

rien n'y a fait, elle a refusé (there was) nothing doing, she said no

ce n'est rien, ça va guérir it's nothing, it'll get better

ce n'est pas rien it's no small thing ou matter

je croyais avoir perdu, il n'en est rien I thought I'd lost, but not at all ou quite the contrary

ils se disaient mariés, en fait il n'en est rien they claimed they were married but they're nothing of the sort

je ne suis rien sans mes livres I'm lost without my books

il n'est (plus) rien pour moi he's ou he means nothing to me (anymore)

et moi alors, je ne suis rien (dans tout ça)? and what about me (in all this), don't I count for anything ou don't I matter?

je ne me souviens de rien I remember nothing, I don't remember anything

on ne voit rien avec cette fumée you can't see anything ou a thing with all this smoke

il n'y a rien entre nous there is nothing between us

cela ou ça ne fait rien it doesn't matter

ça ne (te) fait rien si je te dépose en dernier? would you mind if I dropped you off last?, is it OK with you if I drop you off last?

cela ne fait rien à l'affaire that makes no difference (to the matter in hand)

dis-lui — je n'en ferai rien tell him — I shall do nothing of the sort

ça n'a rien à voir avec toi it's got nothing to do with you, it doesn't concern you

Paul et Fred n'ont rien à voir l'un avec l'autre there's no connection between Paul and Fred

je n'ai rien contre lui I have nothing against him, I don't have anything against him

ne t'inquiète pas, tu n'y es pour rien don't worry, it's not your fault

ça n'a rien d'un chef-d'œuvre it's far from being a masterpiece

il n'a rien du séducteur there's nothing of the lady-killer about him

il n'y a rien de moins sûr nothing could be less certain

rien de moins que nothing less than

rien tant que nothing so much as

pour ne rien vous cacher... to be completely open with you...

elle n'avait jamais rien vu de semblable she had never seen such a thing ou anything like it

je ne sais rien de rien I don't know a thing

rien ne sert de courir (il faut partir à point) La Fontaine (allusion) slow and steady wins the race (proverbe)

3. [quelque chose] anything

y a-t-il rien d'autre? is there anything else?

y a-t-il rien que je puisse faire? is there nothing I can do?

j'ai compris sans qu'il dise rien I understood without him having to say anything

4. JEUX

rien ne va plus rien ne va plus

5. [au tennis] love

rien partout love all

40 à rien 40 love

6. (locution)

rien moins que [bel et bien]: elle est rien moins que décidée à le poursuivre en justice she's well and truly determined to take him to court

elle est rien moins que sotte [nullement] she is far from stupid

————————

[rjɛ̃] adverbe

(très familier)

really

ils sont rien riches they really are rolling in it (très familier & UK), they sure as hell are rich (US)

————————

[rjɛ̃] nom masculin

1. [néant]

le rien nothingness

2. [chose sans importance]

un rien the merest trifle ou slightest thing

un rien l'habille she looks good in anything

il se fâche pour un rien he loses his temper over the slightest little thing

il a passé son examen comme un rien he took the exam in his stride

perdre son temps à des riens to waste one's time over trivia ou trifles

les petits riens dont la vie est faite the little things in life

3. un rien de [très peu de] a touch of

un rien de frivolité a touch ou tinge ou hint of frivolity

en un rien de temps in (next to) no time

————————

en rien locution adverbiale

il ne ressemble en rien à son père he looks nothing like his father

ça n'a en rien affecté ma décision it hasn't influenced my decision at all ou in the least ou in any way

pour rien locution adverbiale

ne le dérange pas pour rien don't disturb him for no reason

il est venu pour rien he came for nothing

ça compte pour rien that doesn't mean anything

j'ai acheté ça pour rien chez un brocanteur I bought it for next to nothing in a second-hand shop

pour deux/trois fois rien for next to nothing

————————

rien du tout nom masculin et féminin

un/une rien du tout a nobody

————————

rien que locution adverbiale

rien que cette fois just this once

rien qu'une fois just ou only once

viens, rien qu'un jour do come, (even) if only for a day

rien que le billet coûte une fortune the ticket alone costs a fortune

rien que d'y penser, j'ai des frissons the mere thought of it ou just thinking about it makes me shiver

la vérité, rien que la vérité the truth and nothing but the truth

rien que ça? (ironique) is that all?

————————

un rien locution adverbiale

a touch, a shade, a tiny bit

sa robe est un rien trop étroite her dress is a touch ou a shade ou a tiny bit too tight

elle est un rien farce! (familier & vieilli) she's a bit of a clown!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > rien

108 censeo

1.
cēnseo (on the long e, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 257 sq.), ui, censum (late Lat. censitum, Cod. Just. 11, 47 tit.; 11, 49 tit.; 11, 47, 4 al.; but not in Monum. Ancyr.; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 557), 2, v. a. [etym. dub.; often referred to root cas-, whence carmen, camoenus; but prob. from centum, orig. centere, to hundred or number the people; cf. Fischer, Gram. 1, p. 373].
I.
To tax, assess, rate, estimate.
A.
In reference to the census (v. census).
1.
Of the censor (v. censor).
(α).
Rarely act. with acc. of the persons or objects assessed or rated; but usu. pass., with subj. -nom.:
censores populi aevitates, suboles, familias, pecuniasque censento,
Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:
census quom sum, juratori recte rationem dedi,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 30:
censor ad quojus censionem, id est arbitrium, populus censeretur,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Mull.:
census... indicat eum qui sit census se jam tum gessisse pro cive,
Cic. Arch. 5, 11: absentis censere jubere, P. Scipio ap. Gell. 5, 19, 16: ne absens censeare. Cic. Att. 1, 18, 8:
sub lustrum censeri,
id. ib.:
milia octoginta eo lustro civium censa dicuntur,
Liv. 1, 44, 2:
censa civium capita centum septendecim milia trecenta undeviginti,
id. 3, 24, 10; id. Epit. lib. 11; 13; 14:
censebantur ejus aetatis lustris ducena quinquagena milia capitum,
id. 9, 19, 2:
cum capitum liberorum censa essent CLII. milia,
Plin. 33, 1, 5, § 16: quid se vivere, quid in parte civium censeri, si... id obtinere universi non possint? Liv 7, 18, 5.—
(β).
With the amount at which the property was rated, in the acc.: or abl.:
praesertim census equestrem Summam nummorum,
being assessed with the estate necessary to a Roman knight, Hor. A. P. 383:
primae classis homines quicentum et viginti quinque milia aeris ampliusve censi erant... Ceterarumque omnium classium qui minore summa aeris censebantur,
Gell. 7 (6), 13, 1 sq.—Hence, capite censi, those who were assessed ac cording to their ability to labor: qui nullo [p. 312] aut perquam parvo aere censebantur capite censi vocabantur. Extremus autem census capite censorum aeris fuit trecentis septuaginta quinque, Jul. Paul. ap. Gell. 16, 10, 10; Sall. J. 86, 2; Gell. 16, 10, 11; 16, 10, 14; Val. Max. 2, 3, 1; 7, 6, 1;
and in the finite verb: omnia illius (i. e. sapientis) esse dicimus, cum... capite censebitur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 1. —
(γ).
Absol. in gerund.: censendi, censendo, ad censendum = census agendi, censui agendo, etc.: haec frequentia quae convenit ludorum censendique causa (i.e. census agendi causa, for the sake of the census), Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54:
mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem operosam... suo proprio magistratu egere... cui arbitrium formulae censendi subiceretur,
the scheme for taking the census, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
quia is censendo finis factus est,
id. 1, 44, 2:
civis Romanos ad censendum ex provinciis in Italiam revocarunt,
Vell. 2, 15:
aetatem in censendo significare necesse est... aetas autem spectatur censendi tempore,
Dig. 50, 15, 3.—
(δ).
Censum censere = censum agere, only in the gerundial dat.:
illud quaero, sintne illa praedia censui censendo, habeant jus civile,
are they subject to the census, Cic. Fl. 32, 80: censores... edixerunt, legem censui censendo dicturos esse ut, etc., that he would add a rule for the taking of the census, according to which, etc., Liv. 43, 14, 5: censui censendo agri proprie appellantur qui et emi et venire jure civili possunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 58, 5 Mull.—
2.
Of the assessment of the provinces under provincial officers (censores, and, under the later emperors, censitores).
(α).
Pass., with the territory as subject-nom.: quinto quoque anno Sicilia tota censetur;
erat censa praetore Paeducaeo... quintus annus cum in te praetorem incidisset, censa denuo est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 139:
omne territorium censeatur quoties, etc.,
Cod. Just. 11, 58 (57), 4.—
(β).
The persons assessed as subject:
ubi (coloni) censiti atque educati natique sunt,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 6:
quos in locis eisdem censitos esse constabit,
ib. 11, 48 (47), 4.—With part. as attribute:
rusticos censitosque servos vendi,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7.—
(γ).
To determine by the census:
cum antea per singulos viros, per binas vero mulieres capitis norma sit censa,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 10:
nisi forte privilegio aliquo materna origo censeatur,
Dig. 50, 1, 1, § 2.—
(δ).
Act. with acc.:
vos terras vestras levari censitione vultis, ego vero etiam aerem vestrum censere vellem,
Spart. Pescen. Nig. 7.—
3.
Of the person assessed, to value, make a statement of one ' s property in the census.
(α).
Act. with acc.:
in qua tribu ista praedia censuisti?
Cic. Fl. 32, 80.—
(β).
Censeri, as dep. with acc.:
census es praeterea numeratae pecuniae CXXX. Census es mancipia Amyntae... Cum te audisset servos suos esse censum, constabat inter omnes, si aliena censendo Decianus sua facere posset, etc.,
Cic. Fl. 32, 80; cf. Ov. P. 1, 2, 140; v. B. 2. c.—
4.
Hence, subst.: cēnsum, i, n.: quorum luxuries fortunata censa peperit, i.e. high estimates of property in the census, Cic. ap. Non. 202, 23 (Fragm. vol. xi. p. 134 B. and K.).
B.
Transf., of things and persons in gen., to value, estimate, rate.
1.
By a figure directly referring to the Roman census: aequo mendicus atque ille opulentissimus Censetur censu ad Acheruntem mortuus, will be rated by an equal census, i.e. in the same class, without considering their property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 93: vos qui potestis ope vostra censerier, referring to a part of the audience, you, who may be rated according to your intelligence, analog. to capite censi (v. I. A. 1. b), id. Capt. prol. 15:
nam argumentum hoc hic censebitur,
will be rated, its census-class will be determined here, id. Poen. prol. 56: id in quoque optimum esse debet cui nascitur, quo censetur, according to which he is rated, i.e. his worth is determined, Sen. Ep. 76, 8.—And with two acc.: quintus Phosphorus, Junonia, immo Veneris stella censetur, is ranked as the fifth, App. de Mundo, p. 710.—
2.
With direct reference to the census.
a.
= aestimo, to estimate, weigh, value, appreciate.
(α).
With gen. of price:
dic ergo quanti censes?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 8.—
(β).
In the pass.: si censenda nobis atque aestimanda res sit, utrum tandem pluris aestimemus pecuniam Pyrrhi? etc., if we have to weigh and estimate a thing, etc., Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48:
anule... In quo censendum nil nisi dantis amor,
Ov. Am. 2, 15, 2:
interim autem facta sola censenda dicit atque in judicium vocanda,
Gell. 7 (6), 3, 47.—
b.
= honorari, celebrari, with de aliquo, = for the sake of somebody (in Ovid):
pro quibus ut maneat, de quo censeris, amicus, Comprecor, etc.,
the friend for the sake of whom you are celebrated, who is the cause of your renown, Ov. P. 2, 5, 73:
hoc domui debes de qua censeris,
id. ib. 3, 1, 75.—
c.
Censeri, dep., = to distinguish, with acc. only once or twice in Ovid (v. I. A. 3. b):
hanc semper... Est inter comites Marcia censa suas,
has always distinguished her, Ov. P. 1, 2, 140.—
d.
Censeri aliqua re.
(α).
= to be appreciated, distinguished, celebrated for some quality, as if the quality were a standard determining the census, analog. to capite censeri (v. I. A. 1. b), very freq. in post-class. writings:
Democritus cum divitiis censeri posset,
when he might have been celebrated for his wealth, Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 4:
Aristides quo totius Graeciae justitia censetur (quo = cujus justitia),
id. 5, 3, ext. 3 med.: te custode matronalis stola censetur ( = tua, i.e. pudicitiae, custodia), the stola, etc., is appreciated for thy custody, id. 6, 1 prooem.:
una adhuc victoria Carius Metius censebatur,
Tac. Agr. 45:
ut ipsi quoque qui egerunt non aliis magis orationibus censeantur,
id. Dial. 39 fin.: non vitibus tantum censeri Chium, sed et operibus Anthermi filiorum, is celebrated not only for its grapes, but, etc., Plin. 36, 5, 2, § 12:
et Galliae censentur hoc reditu,
id. 19, 1, 2, § 7:
quisquis paulo vetustior miles, hic te commilitone censetur,
is distinguished for the fact that you were his fellow-soldier, Plin. Pan. 15 fin.:
multiplici variaque doctrina censebatur,
Suet. Gram. 10:
felix quae tali censetur munere tellus,
Mart. 9, 16, 5: censetur Apona Livio suo tellus, = for the fact that Livy was born there, id. 1, 61, 3:
hi duo longaevo censentur Nestore fundi,
for the fact that Nestor used them, id. 8, 6, 9:
nec laude virorum censeri contenta fuit (Iberia),
Claud. Laud. Seren. 67:
libri mei non alia laude carius censentur, quam quod judicio vestro comprobantur,
App. Flor. 4, 18, 3.—Hence,
(β).
= to be known by something (Appuleian):
hoc nomine censebatur jam meus dominus,
App. M. 8, p. 171:
nomen quo tu censeris aiebat,
id. ib. 5, p. 106: pro studio bibendi quo solo censetur, either known by, or distinguished for, id. Mag. p. 499:
globorum caelestium supremum esse eum qui inerrabili meatu censetur,
which is known by its unerring course, id. Phil. Nat. 1, p. 582.— And,
(γ).
As gram. t. t., to be marked by some peculiarity, according to which a word is classified: neque de armis et moeniis infitias eo quin figura multitudinis perpetua censeantur, that they are marked by the form of constant plurality, i. e. that they are pluralia tantum, Gell. 19, 8, 5; 10, 20, 8; 19, 13, 3.
II.
Of transactions in and by the Senate, to judge (in the meanings II. and III. the passive voice is not in class. use, while in I. the passive voice is by far the most freq.).
A.
To be of opinion, to propose, to vote, to move, referring to the votes of the senators when asked for their opinions (sententiam dicere).
1.
With a (passive) inf.-clause, denoting what should be decreed by the Senate (esse usu. omitted): rex his ferme verbis patres consulebat... Dic, inquit ei, quid censes? tum ille Puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo, I am of the opinion ( I move, propose) that satisfaction should be sought, etc., ancient formula ap. Liv. 1, 32, 11 sq.:
primum igitur acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:
hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum,
id. ib. 5, 17, 45; 5, 6, 16; 5, 12, 31; 5, 12, 34; 5, 13, 36; 5, 14, 38; 5, 19, 53; 6, 1, 2; 9, 6, 14; 11, 15, 40; 12, 7, 17; 14, 1, 1; 14, 13, 35; cf.
Regulus's advice in the Senate, being represented as a vote: captivos in senatu reddendos non censuit,
Cic. Off. 1, 13, 39; 3, 31, 111:
quare ita ego censeo... de confessis more majorum supplicium sumendum,
Sall. C. 52, 36; 51, 8; 52, 14:
Appius imperio consulari rem agendam censebat,
Liv. 2, 23, 15:
ut multi (senatores) delendam urbem censerent,
id. 9, 26, 3; 2, 29, 7; 3, 40, 13; 10, 12, 1; 34, 4, 20; 38, 54, 6: cum ejus diei senatus consulta aureis litteris figenda in curia censuisset, Tac. A. 3, 57:
ut nonnulli dedendum eum hostibus censuerint,
Suet. Caes. 24; so id. ib. 14; id. Aug. 100; id. Tib. 4; id. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 26; id. Ner. 2; id. Vesp. 2. Of the emperor's vote in the Senate:
commutandam censuit vocem, et pro peregrina nostratem requirendam,
Suet. Tib. 71; so id. ib. 34; id. Aug. 55.—And with the copula expressed (very rare):
qui censet eos... morte esse multandos,
Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7.—Sometimes referring to sententia as subject:
sententia quae censebat reddenda bona (inst. of eorum qui censebant),
Liv. 2, 4, 3.—Sometimes with oportere for the gerundial predic. inf.:
quibusdam censentibus (eum) Romulum appellari oportere,
Suet. Aug. 7.—With pres. inf., inst. of a gerundial:
hac corona civica L. Gellius in senatu Ciceronem consulem donari a re publica censuit,
Gell. 5, 6, 15 (cf. II. B. 1. b.).—If the opinion of the senator does not refer to the chief question, but to incidental points, the predic. inf. may have any form:
eas leges quas M. Antonius tulisse dicitur omnes censeo per vim et contra auspicia latas, eisque legibus populum non teneri,
Cic. Phil. 5, 4, 10:
cum magna pars senatus... cum tyrannis bellum gerendum fuisse censerent... et urbem recipi, non capi, etc.,
Liv. 26, 32, 2.—
2.
With ut, and negatively, ut ne or ne, generally when the clause has an active predicate, but also with passives instead of the gerundial inf.-clause:
de ea re ita censeo uti consules designati dent operam uti senatus Kal. Jan. tuto haberi possit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 37:
censeo ut iis qui in exercitu Antonii sunt, ne sit ea res fraudi, si, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 12, 34:
censebant omnes fere (senatores) ut in Italia supplementum meis et Bibuli legionibus scriberetur,
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:
Cn. Pompeius (in senatu) dixit, sese... censere ut ad senatus auctoritatem populi quoque Romani beneficium erga me adjungeretur,
id. Sest. 34, 74:
quas ob res ita censeo: eorum qui cum M. Antonio sunt, etc.... iis fraudi ne sit quod cum M. Antonio fuerint,
id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:
Calidius, qui censebat ut Pompeius in suas provincias proficisceretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 2:
censuerunt quidam (senatores) ut Pannonicus, alii ut Invictus cognominaretur,
Suet. Tib. 17:
iterum censente ut Trebianis... concederetur (of the emperor's vote in the Senate),
id. ib. 31.—And an inf.-clause, with neu or ut:
sed ita censeo: publicandas eorum pecunias, etc.: neu quis postea de his ad senatum referat, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43:
qui partem bonorum publicandam, pars ut liberis relinqueretur, censuerat,
Tac. A. 4, 20.—
3.
With a subj.-clause, without ut (rare in this connection;
v. III. C. 3.): K. Fabius censuit... occuparent patres ipsi suum munus facere, captivum agrum plebi quam maxime aequaliter darent,
Liv. 2, 48, 2.— And ironically with regard to incidental points: vereamini censeo ne... nimis aliquid severe statuisse videamini, I propose you should be afraid of having decreed too severe a punishment = of course, you will not be afraid, etc., Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13: misereamini censeo—deliquere homines adulescentuli per ambitionem—atque etiam armatos dimittatis, I propose that you pity them, etc., or I advise you to be merciful, Sall. C. 52, 26.—
4.
Ellipt., with a gerundial clause understood:
dic quid censes (i. e. decernendum),
Liv. 1, 32, 11: quod ego mea sententia censebam (i.e. decernendum), Cato ap. Cic. Fam. 15, 5, 2:
senati decretum fit, sicut ille censuerat,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
quas ob res ita censeo... senatui placere, etc. ( = ita decernendum censeo, etc.),
Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15, § 17 sq.; 10, 11, 25 sq.; 11, 12, 29 sq.; 14, 14, 36 sq.—
5.
= sententiam dicere, to tell, to express one ' s opinion in the Senate (post-class.).
(α).
Absol.: Priscus Helvidius.. contra studium ejus (sc. Vitellii) censuerat, had voted, or had expressed an opinion against his wishes, Tac. H. 2, 91:
cum parum sit, in senatu breviter censere, nisi, etc.,
id. Dial. 36 fin.:
sententias... prout libuisset perrogabat... ac si censendum magis quam adsentiendum esset,
Suet. Aug. 35:
igitur Cn. Piso, quo, inquit, loco censebis, Caesar? si primus, etc.,
Tac. A. 1, 74.—
(β).
With adjectives in the neuter, substantively used: nec quoquam reperto (in senatu) qui... referre aut censere aliquid auderet, who dared to express an opinion on any [p. 313] thing, Suet. Caes. 20:
per dissensionem diversa censentium,
of the senators who expressed different opinions, id. Claud. 10.—
(γ).
With interrog. or rel.-clause:
deinde ageret senatorem et censeret quid corrigi aut mutari vellet,
Tac. A. 16, 28:
cum censeat aliquis (in senatu) quod ex parte mihi placeat,
Sen. Ep. 21, 9.
B.
Of the decrees or resolutions of the Senate, = decernere, placere, to resolve, decree.
1.
With inf.-clause.
a.
With gerund, without copula (v. II. A. 1.):
eum, cujus supplicio senatus sollennes religiones expiandas saepe censuit,
Cic. Mil. 27, 73:
eos senatus non censuit redimendos,
id. Off. 3, 32, 114; so id. N. D. 2, 4, 10; id. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 15:
senatus Caelium ab republica removendum censuit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 21:
senatus censuit frequens coloniam Labicos deducendam,
Liv. 4, 47, 6; 5, 24, 4:
cum bello persequendos Tusculanos patres censuissent,
id. 6, 25, 5; 3, 42, 6; 3, 49, 8; 7, 19, 7 et saep.—
b.
With pres. inf. pass. or act., with the force of a gerundial:
de bonis regiis quae reddi antea censuerant ( = reddenda),
Liv. 2, 5, 1:
munera mitti legatis ex binis milibus aeris censuerunt (i.e. patres),
id. 43, 5, 8; so id. 45, 44, 15 (v. 2. b.):
eundem jus dicere Romae... patres censuerant,
id. 45, 12, 13:
cum senatus unum consulem, nominatimque Gnaeum Pompeium fieri censuisset,
Suet. Caes. 26.—With both act. and pass. inf.:
censuere patres, duas provincias Hispaniam rursus fieri... et Macedoniam Illyricumque eosdem... obtinere,
Liv. 45, 16, 1.—With both pres. pass. and gerund. inff.:
haec ita movere senatum, ut non expectanda comitia consuli censerent, sed dictatorem... dici,
Liv. 27, 5, 14.—
And with velle: senatus verbis nuntient, velle et censere eos ab armis discedere, etc.,
Sall. J. 21, 4.—
2.
With ut or ne.
a.
In the words of the Senate, according to formula: quod L. Opimius verba fecit de re publica, de ea re ita censuerunt uti L. Opimius consul rem publicam defenderet, etc., ancient S. C. ap. Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 14: quod, etc., de ea re ita censuerunt ut M. Pomponius praetor animadverteret curaretque ut si, etc., S. C. ap. Suet. Rhet. 1; Gell. 15, 4, 1.—And with gerundial inf.-clause: quod C. Julius pontifex... de ea re ita censuerunt, uti M. Antonius consul hostiis majoribus... procuraret... Ibus uti procurasset satis habendum censuerunt, S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2.—
b.
As related by the historians, etc.:
quoniam senatus censuisset, uti quicunque Galliam provinciam obtineret... Aeduos defenderet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 35:
patres censuerunt uti consules provincias inter se compararent,
Liv. 30, 40, 12:
senatus censuit ut domus ei... publica impensa restitueretur,
Suet. Claud. 6;
so with reference to the civil law,
Dig. 49, 14, 15 quater. —With ne:
senatum censuisse, ne quis illo anno genitus educaretur,
Suet. Aug. 94.—And with inf -clause:
filio regis Nicomedi ex ea summa munera dari censuerunt, et ut victimae... praeberentur,
Liv. 45, 44, 15.—
3.
With a subj.-clause (very rare):
senatus consulto quo censeretur, darent operam consules, etc.,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 73, 10.—
4.
With neutr. acc. pron. in place of a clause:
cum vero id senatus frequens censuisset (sc. faciendum),
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:
ite in suffragium, et quae patres censuerunt vos jubete,
Liv. 31, 7, 14:
quodcunque vos censueritis,
id. 34, 7, 15:
quodpatres censuissent,
id. 28, 45, 2.—
5.
With accusative of a noun, or a noun as passive subject, to decree or vote a thing (postclass.):
nec tamen repertum nisi ut effigies principum, aras deum, templa et arcus aliaque solita... censuere,
Tac. A. 3, 57:
aram Clementiae, aram Amicitiae, effigiesque... censuere,
id. ib. 4, 74: cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis inter auctores eloquentiae ( to be placed among, etc.), id. ib. 2, 83.—
6.
With both acc. and dat.
(α).
The dat. = against:
bellum Samnitibus et patres censuerunt et populus jussit,
Liv. 10, 12, 3.—
(β).
The dat. = in behalf of:
censentur Ostorio triumphi insignia,
Tac. A. 12, 38.—And with ut:
sententiis eorum qui supplicationes et... vestem Principi triumphalem, utque ovans urbem iniret, effigiesque ejus... censuere,
id. ib. 13, 8.
III.
Transf.
A.
Of the opinions and resolutions of other deliberating bodies, or of their members, to resolve, or to be of opinion.
1.
With inf.-clause.
a.
Gerundial:
erant qui censerent de tertia vigilia in castra Cornelia recedendum (council of war),
Caes. B. C. 2, 30:
erant sententiae quae conandum omnibus modis castraque Vari oppugnanda censerent,
id. ib.; so id. ib. 2, 31; id. B. G. 2, 31 fin.; 7, 21; 7, 77:
pontifices, consules, patres conscripti mihi... pecunia publica aedificandam domum censuerunt,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52: nunc surgendum censeo, I move we adjourn (in a literary meeting), id. de Or. 2, 90, 367:
cum... pontifices solvendum religione populum censerent,
Liv. 5, 23, 9:
nunc has ruinas relinquendas non censerem (in an assembly of the people),
id. 5, 53, 3:
ego ita censeo, legatos extemplo Romam mittendos (in the Carthaginian Senate),
id. 21, 10, 13:
ante omnia Philippum et Macedonas in societatem belli... censeo deducendos esse (Hannibal in a council of war),
id. 36, 7, 3; 5, 36, 8; Curt. 10, 6, 22; 10, 8, 12:
cum septem judices cognovissent, duo censuerunt, reum exilio multandum, duo alii pecunia, tres reliqui capite puniendum,
Gell. 9, 15, 7.—And with oportere inst. of a gerundial clause (referring to duty):
neque sine gravi causa eum locum quem ceperant, dimitti censuerant oportere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 44.—With opus esse ( = expediency):
Parmenio furto, non proelio opus esse censebat,
Curt. 10, 8, 12.—
b.
With ordinary pres. inf.
(α).
In place of a gerundial:
Antenor censet belli praecidere = praecidendam causam (in a council of war),
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 9.—
(β).
Denoting opinion about an existing state:
Hasdrubal ultimam Hispaniae oram... ignaram adhuc Romanorum esse, eoque Carthaginiensibus satis fidam censebat,
Liv. 27, 20, 6:
Parmenio non alium locum proelio aptiorem esse censebat,
Curt. 3, 7, 8.—
2.
With ut or ne:
censeo ut satis diu te putes requiesse et iter reliquum conficere pergas (in a literary meeting),
Cic. de Or. 2, 71, 290:
plerique censebant ut noctu iter facerent (council of war),
Caes. B. C. 1, 67:
et nunc magnopere censere, ut unam anum... triginta milibus talentum auri permutet (council of war),
Curt. 4, 11, 12:
censeout D. Claudius ex hac die deus fiat (council of the gods),
Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 9, 5: antiquos audio censuisse, ne (praenomina) cui ejusdem gentis patricio inderentur, resolved (family council), Gell. 9, 2, 11 (cf. Liv. 6, 20, 14).—
3.
With subj.-clause:
nunc quoque arcessas censeo omnes navalis terrestrisque copias (Hannibal in council of war),
Liv. 36, 7, 17: censeo relinquamus nebulonem hunc, eamus hinc protinus Jovi Optimo Maximo gratulatum (assembly of the people), Scipio Afric. ap. Gell. 4, 18, 3.—
4.
With acc. neutr. of a pron. or adj. substantively used:
ego pro sententia mea hoc censeo: quandoquidem, etc.,
Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 11, 4:
nec dubitavere quin vera censeret,
that his opinion was correct, Curt. 10, 6, 18.—
5.
Ellipt.:
sententiis quarum pars deditionem, pars eruptionem censebat (i.e. faciendam),
Caes. B. G. 7, 77 init.:
ita uti censuerant Italici deditionem facit,
Sall. J. 26, 2; so Caes. B. G. 7, 75.
B.
Of the orders of persons in authority (cf. II. B.).
1.
Of commanders, etc., by courtesy, inst. of velle, imperare, or a direct imperative sentence.
(α).
With gerundial inf. - clause: non tam imperavi quam censui sumptus legatis quam maxime ad legem Corneliam decernendos, I said, not strictly as an order, but as an opinion that, etc. (Cicero as proconsul), Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 6.—
(β).
With subj.-clause: arma quae ad me missuri eratis, iis censeo armetis milites quos vobiscum habetis, you had better, etc., Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, A, 4. —
2.
Of an order by the people (rare;
gen. populus jubet): ita id (foedus) ratum fore si populus censuisset (i. e. confirmandum esse),
Liv. 21, 19, 3.—
3.
Of the later emperors, in their ordinances (censemus = placet nobis, sancimus, imperamus, from the custom of the earlier emperors, who conveyed their commands in the form of an opinion in the senate; v. II. A. 1.).—With inf.clause, ut, ne, and subj.-clause:
sex mensium spatium censemus debere servari,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7:
censemus ut, etc.,
ib. 12, 37 (38), 13:
censemus ne, etc.,
ib. 12, 44 (45), 1: censemus vindicet, remaneat, ib. 11, 48 (47), 23:
in commune jubes si quid censesve tenendum, Primus jussa subi,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 296.
C.
Of advice, given by one person to another (further development of III. A.).
1.
Ante-class. formula: faciundum censeo = I advise, with ut-clause, with quid, sic, etc.: censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad verrucam illam ire jubeas, etc., I advise you to order, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 3, 7, 6:
ego Tiresiam... consulam, Quid faciundum censeat,
consult Tiresias as to what he advises, for his advice, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 80:
consulam hanc rem amicos quid faciundum censeant,
id. Men. 4, 3, 26; id. Most. 3, 1, 23:
sic faciundum censeo: Da isti cistellam, etc.,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 104:
ego sic faciundum censeo: me honestiu'st Quam te, etc.,
id. As. 4, 2, 11; id. Ep. 2, 2, 91:
sane faciundum censeo,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 38.—
2.
With ordinary gerundial inf.-clauses:
narrandum ego istuc militi censebo,
I advise you to let the soldier know that, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 42:
exorando sumendam operam censeo,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 22:
quid nunc consili captandum censes?
id. As. 2, 2, 91; id. Mil. 5, 25; id. Most. 1, 3, 115:
idem tibi censeo faciendum,
Cic. Off. 10, 1, 3:
quos quidem tibi studiose et diligenter tractandos magno opere censeo,
id. Fin. 4, 28, 79; id. Fam. 12, 28, 2.—Sometimes by aequum censere with an inf.-clause (in the comic poets):
amicos consulam quo me modo Suspendere aequom censeant potissumum,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 50: qui homo cum animo... depugnat suo, Utrum ita se esse mavelit ut eum animus aequom censeat, An ita potius ut parentes... velint i. e. as his mind prompts him, id. Trin. 2, 2, 29; cf. E. 1. b. 8.—
3.
With a subj.clause (so esp. with censeo in 1 st pers.): censen' hominem interrogem? do you advise me to ask the man? etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 20:
tu, si videbitur, ita censeo facias ut... supersedeas hoc labore itineris (cf.: faciundum censeo ut, 1. supra),
Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 4:
immo plane, inquam, Brute, legas (Gracchum) censeo,
id. Brut. 33, 125:
tu, si forte quid erit molestiae te ad Crassum et Calidium conferas censeo,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 7:
tu, censeo, tamen adhibeas Vettium,
id. Att. 2, 4, 7:
quae disputari de amicitia possunt, ab iis censeo petatis qui ista profitentur,
id. Lael. 5, 17: tu, censeo, Luceriam venias: nusquam eris tutius, Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 1, 1; 8, 11, A:
censeo Via Appia iter facias, et celeriter Brundusium venias,
id. ib. 8, 11, C: ad Caesarem mittas censeo, et ab eo hoc petas, Anton. ib. 10, 10, 2: sed hos tamen numeros censeo videas hodou parergon, Gell. 17, 20, 5:
quam scit uterque, libens censebo exerceat artem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 44 (cf. Liv. 36, 7, 17, and Gell. 4, 18, 3, quoted III. A. 3.).—Of an advice given to an adversary, with irony:
cetera si qua putes te occultius facere posse... magnopere censeo desistas,
I strongly advise you to give up that idea, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:
sed tu, Acci, consideres censeo diligenter, utrum censorum judicium grave esse velis an Egnatii,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
postulant ut excipiantur haec inexplicabilia. Tribunum censeant: aliquem adeant: a me... numquam impetrabunt,
id. Ac. 2, 30, 97:
ibi quaeratis socios censeo, ubi Saguntina clades ignota est,
Liv. 21, 19, 10:
solvas censeo, Sexte, creditori,
Mart. 2, 13, 2.—And in jest:
Treviros vites censeo, audio capitalis esse,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:
hi Plebei fuerunt, quos contemnas censeo... qua re ad patres censeo revertare,
id. ib. 9, 21, 3:
vites censeo porticum Philippi: si te viderit Hercules, peristi,
Mart. 5, 49, 13; so id. ib. 11, 99, 8; 12, 61, 7.—For ironical senatorial advice, by which the contrary is meant, v. Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13; Sall. C. 52, 26, quoted II. A. 3.—
4.
With an ut-clause (with monere;
very rare): illud tamen vel tu me monuisse vel censuisse puta... ut tu quoque animum inducas, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 4, 8, 2.—
5.
With a clause understood: quo me vortam nescio: Pa. Si deos salutas, dextrovorsum censeo (i.e. id facias or faciundum censeo), Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 70: quo redeam? Pe. Equidem ad phrygionem censeo (i. e. redeas), id. Men. 4, 2, 53:
quid nunc censes, Chrysale? (i. e. faciundum),
id. Bacch. 4, 8, 112:
ita faciam ut frater censuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 11:
tibi igitur hoc censeo (i. e. faciendum): latendum tantisper ibidem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 4: tu [p. 314] potes Kalendis spectare gladiatores, et ita censeo, id. ib. 16, 20:
quid censes igitur? Ecquidnam est tui consilii ad? etc.,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: quid igitur censet (sapientia)? What is wisdom ' s advice? id. Phil. 13, 3, 6:
scribi quid placeat, quid censeas,
id. Att. 9, 19,4:
ibitur igitur, et ita quidem ut censes,
id. ib. 10, 15, 3:
disce, docendus adhuc, quae censet amiculus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 3.
D.
Of opinions and views on general questions, to be of opinion, think, believe, hold (cf.: statuo, existimo, puto, aio, dico; freq. in class. prose; very rare in post-class. writers except Gellius; never with ut, ne, or subj.-clause).
1.
With inf.-clause:
Plato mundum esse factum censet a deo sempiternum,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
Cyrenaici non omni malo aegritudinem effici censent, sed insperato,
id. Tusc. 3, 13, 28:
(Hieronymus) censet summum bonum esse sine ulla molestia vivere,
id. Fin. 2, 5, 16:
Aristoteles eos qui valetudinis causa furerent, censebat habere aliquid in animis praesagiens,
id. Div. 1, 38, 81:
Pythagoras censuit animum esse per naturam rerum omnem intentum et commeantem,
id. ib. 1, 11, 27; so id. Ac. 1, 11, 40; 2, 42, 131; id. Fin. 1, 6, 20; 3, 15, 49; 3, 19, 64; 3, 21, 70; 4, 7, 17; 5, 7, 17; id. N. D. 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 4; 1, 12, 29; 1, 13, 35 and 37; 1, 43, 120; 1, 44, 121; 2, 22, 57; 2, 16, 44; id. Sen. 12, 41; id. Leg. 1, 13, 36; id. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 10, 22; 1, 30, 72; 1, 45, 108; 3, 5, 11; 3, 22, 52; 4, 7, 14; id. Off. 1, 25, 88:
Plato in civitate communis esse mulieres censuit,
Gell. 18, 2, 8; 14, 5, 2; 18, 1, 4; 19, 12, 6.—If the opinion refers to what should be observed, oportere or debere is used, or a gerundial predicate with esse (so in Cic., but in Gell. 7, 15, 3, without esse):
oportere delubra esse in urbibus censeo,
Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 26:
M. Varro aeditumum dici oportere censet,
Gell. 12, 10, 4; 14, 5, 2;
so with debere,
id. 17, 5, 5; 13, 8, 4:
Cyrenaici... virtutem censuerunt ob eam rem esse laudandam,
Cic. Off. 3, 33, 116:
(Ennius) non censet lugendam esse mortem quam immortalitas consequatur,
id. Sen. 20, 73.—
2.
An inf.-clause understood:
(dissensio est), a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur initium. Ego enim ab ultimis censeo (i. e. exordiendum esse),
Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:
si, Mimnermus uti censet, sine amore jocisque Nil est jucundum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 65:
sic enim censuit,
Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117.—
3.
With neutr. acc. of a pron.: hoc amplius censeo, in addition to the opinions mentioned I hold, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2:
nullo (medico) idem censente,
Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 11.—
4.
With a rel.-clause:
Aesopus quae utilia... erant, non severe neque imperiose praecepit et censuit,
he imparted his teachings and views, Gell. 2, 29, 1.—
5.
Absol.:
non adligo me ad unum aliquem ex Stoicis proceribus. Est et mihi censendi jus,
the right to impart my opinions, Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2.
E.
In gen., = arbitror, puto, existimo, judico (cf.: idem enim valet censere et arbitrari, Varr. ap. Non. p. 519, 29: censere nunc significat putare, nunc suadere, nunc decernere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54, 11 Mull.).
1.
To judge, think, believe, suppose (freq. in ante-class. writings; very rare in Cic. except in the particular meanings, a.—ironically—and d.; always with inf.-clause expressed or understood).
a.
In gen.:
atque ego censui abs te posse hoc me impetrare,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 12 sq.:
satis jam delusam censeo: rem, ut est, nunc eloquamur,
id. As. 3, 3, 141:
nam si honeste censeam te facere posse, suadeam,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 60:
neque ego hac noctem longiorem me vidisse censeo,
id. Am. 1, 1, 126:
saluti quod tibi esse censeo,
id. Merc. 1, 35; so id. Am. 4, 3, 2; id. Most. 1, 3, 127; id. Pers. 1, 1, 9; 2, 2, 8; 2, 3, 75 sq.; id. Truc. 2, 2, 60; id. As. 2, 2, 33; id. Aul. 2, 4, 30; 2, 4, 36; id. Cas. 2, 8, 38; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 53; id. Phorm. 2, 2, 13: aut domino, cujum id censebis esse, reddes, Cincius, Re Mil. l. iii., de ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
eo namque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant (consules),
Liv. 7, 32, 3:
nec facturum aequa Samnitium populum censebant, si... oppugnarent,
id. 7, 31, 7:
quaeso ut ea quae dicam non a militibus imperatori dicta censeas,
id. 7, 13, 8:
at illa purgare se, quod quae utilia esse censebat... suasisset,
Curt. 8, 3, 7: Alexander, tam memorabili victoria laetus, qua sibi Orientis fines apertos esse censebat, id. 9, 1, 1; so id. 10, 8, 22.—
b.
With reference to an erroneous opinion, to imagine, suppose, falsely believe:
censebam me effugisse a vita marituma Ne navigarem, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 108:
omnes eum (sc. Jovem) esse (Amphitruonem) censent servi,
id. Am. prol. 122, 134:
jam hic ero, quom illic censebis esse me,
id. ib. 3, 3, 14:
ardere censui aedes,
id. ib. 5, 1, 15:
ego hunc censebam esse te,
id. Men. 5, 9, 13; so id. As. 5, 2, 20; id. Aul. 3, 5, 55; id. Bacch. 1, 2, 14; id. Men. 3, 3, 32; 5, 9, 76; id. Merc. 1, 2, 87; id. Poen. 1, 1, 54; 3, 1, 60; 3, 4, 25; id. Rud. 2, 4, 31; 4, 7, 35; id. Stich. 4, 2, 24; id. Truc. 1, 1, 72 et saep.: censuit se regem Porsenam occidere, Cass. Hem. ap. Non. p. 4, 88:
non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabant quam ille... cui se hic cruciatum censet optare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107.—And ironically:
nisi forte Diagoram aut Theodorum... censes superstitiosos fuisse,
Cic. N. D. 1, 42, 117:
nisi forte etiam illi Semproniano senatus consulto me censes adfuisse, qui ne Romae quidem fui,
id. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
neminem me fortiorem esse censebam,
Curt. 8, 14, 42.—
c.
Referring to what should take place.
(α).
With gerundial inf.-clause:
navis praedatoria, Abs qua cavendum nobis sane censeo,
Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 70:
soli gerundum censeo morem,
id. Most. 1, 3, 69:
neque vendundam censeo Quae libera est,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 39; so id. Eun. 4, 4, 53; 5, 8, 42; id. Hec. 4, 4, 94; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 17:
ceterum ei qui consilium adferret opem quoque in eam rem adferendam censebant esse,
Liv. 25, 11, 14.—
(β).
With oportere, debere, or an ordinary inf.-clause:
solam illi me soli censeo esse oportere obedientem,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 47:
quibus declaraveram, quo te animo censerem esse oportere, et quid tibi faciendum arbitrarer,
Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1:
rursus interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,
Curt. 8, 14, 43: impudens postulatio visa est, censere... ipsos id (bellum) advertere in se, agrosque suos pro alienis populandos obicere, to entertain the idea that they should direct that war against themselves and their own lands, etc., Liv. 21, 20, 4:
munere eum fungi prioris censet amici = eum fungi oportere,
Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 5:
quae nos quoque sustinere censebat,
App. M. 11, p. 253.—
(γ).
By aequum censere with ordinary inf.clause, expressed or understood, either = it is fair ( right) to do something, or something ought or should be done (so very freq. in the comic poets and Livy; rare in other writers): non ego istunc me potius quam te metuere aequom censeo, I do not think it right to fear him, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 51: quid me aequom censes pro illa tibi dare? What do you think I should give as a fair price? etc., id. As. 1, 3, 76: meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui, I thought it my duty that my mind should, etc., id. Trin. 2, 2, 27: ecquis est tandem qui vestrorum... aequom censeat poenas dare ob eam rem quod arguatur male facere voluisse? Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3, 36:
quis aequum censeret... receptos in fidem non defendi?
Liv. 21, 19, 5; so id. 24, 37, 7; 5, 3, 8; 22, 32, 6.—And without emphasis upon the idea of fairness or right:
si sunt ita ut ego aequom censeo,
as I think they ought to be, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 55; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 87; 2, 3, 1; id. Merc. 3, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 1, 11; id. Ep. 4, 1, 29; id. Stich. 2, 2, 20; 4, 1, 42:
qui aequom esse censeant, nos jam a pueris ilico nasci senes,
who believe that we should be born as old men right from childhood, Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2; so id. ib. 5, 5, 11; id. Ad. 4, 3, 10:
qui aequom censeant rem perniciosam utili praeponi,
Auct. Her. 2, 14, 22: (tribuni) intercedebant;
senatum quaerere de pecunia non relata in publicum... aequum censebant,
Liv. 38, 54, 5:
cives civibus parcere aequum censebat,
Nep. Thras. 2, 6.—
d.
Very freq., esp. in Cic., when a question, rhetorical or real, is addressed to a second person, often referring to erroneous opinions:
an fores censebas nobis publicitus praeberier?
Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 7:
clanculum istaec te flagitia facere censebas potesse?
id. Men. 4, 2, 47:
hicine nos habitare censes?
id. Trin. 4, 3, 72:
omnes cinaedos esse censes, tu quia es?
id. Men. 3, 2, 48; so id. As. 2, 4, 78; 5, 2, 37; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 41; 5, 2. 82; id. Capt. 4, 2, 66; 4, 2, 74; 5, 2, 16; id. Cas. 2, 6, 29; id. Men. 5, 5, 25: continuo dari Tibi verba censes? Ter. And. 3, 2, 25; so id. ib. 3, 3, 13; 4, 4, 55; id. Heaut. 4, 3, 38; id. Hec. 4, 1, 32; 4, 4, 53; id. Phorm. 5, 6, 35:
adeone me delirare censes ut ista esse credam?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10:
nam cum in Graeco sermone haec... non videbantur, quid censes in Latino fore?
id. Fin. 3, 4, 15:
quid igitur censes? Apim illum nonne deum videri Aegyptiis?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:
quis haec neget esse utilia? quem censes?
id. Off. 3, 26, 99:
an censes me tantos labores... suscepturum fuisse, si, etc.,
id. Sen. 23, 82:
an vos Hirtium pacem velle censetis?
id. Phil. 12, 4, 9; so id. Brut. 50, 186; 85, 294; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10 fin.; 2, 4, 11; 3, 13, 27; id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. N. D. 1, 8, 20; 1, 28, 78; 1, 44, 122; id. Leg. 2, 10, 23; id. Div. in Caecil. 16, 54; id. Phil. 1, 6, 13; 4, 3, 7; 7, 4, 14; 11, 1, 3; 11, 5, 10; 12, 3, 7; 12, 6, 13; 12, 8, 21; 12, 9, 22; 13, 2, 4; 14, 4, 10; id. Att. 10, 11, 4:
quid censes munera terrae?... quo spectanda modo, quo sensu credis et ore?
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 5 sqq.; so id. ib. 2, 2, 65; Lucr. 1, 973 (with obj.inf.).—With conditional period inst. of an inf.-clause:
num censes faceret, filium nisi sciret eadem haec velle,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 46.—
Sometimes censemus? is used in the same way as censes?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; id. Off. 2, 7, 25; id. Fam. 4, 9, 2.—
e.
With an inf.clause understood: itane tu censes? Pa. Quid ego ni ita censeam? Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 27: quid ergo censes? Tr. Quod rogas, Censeo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 7 sq.: quid illum censes? (i. e. eo loco facere?) Ter. And. 5, 2, 12:
quid illas censes? (i. e. posse dicere),
id. Ad. 4, 5, 22; so Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 59; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 9; 5, 3, 21.—So, very freq. in the comic poets, censeo, absol., as an approving answer; also sic censeo, istuc censeo, ita censeo (Cic.) to be variously rendered: ego divinam rem intus faciam... So. Censeo, that will be right! Plaut. Am. 3, 3, 11: auscultemus quid agat: Ph. Sane censeo, so we will, indeed, id. Curc. 2, 2, 29: quid si recenti re aedis pultem? Ad. Censeo, do so! id. Poen. 3, 4, 18: quin eloquamur? Ag. Censeo, hercle, patrue, id. ib. 5, 4, 93: patri etiam gratulabor? Tr. Censeo, I think so (and after answering several questions with censeo): etiamne complectar ejus patrem? Tr. Non censeo. Pl. Nunc non censet quom volo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 6 sqq.; id. Ps. 2, 2, 69; id. Stich. 5, 4, 53; id. Truc. 2, 4, 73; id. Cas. 4, 3, 14; Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 27: male habeas! Mu. Sic censeo, Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 11: aliquem arripiamus, etc.: Ly. Hem, istuc censeo, id. Merc. 3, 3, 19 (cf.:
prorsus ita censeo, referring to general questions, as in D.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 23);
once similarly censeas: Quid gravare? censeas!
Say yes, Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 22.—
2.
To resolve, as a merely mental act, with gerundial inf.-clause (rare; cf. II. B.): quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi censuit, resolved to hasten, lit., thought he must hasten ( = statuit, existimavit), Caes. B. G. 7, 56 init.:
censuimus igitur amplius quaerendum,
Gell. 12, 14, 7.—
3.
To consider, i. e. after carefully weighing the circumstances, with inf.-clause (rare):
sed cum censerem... me et periculum vitare posse, et temperatius dicere... ea causa mihi in Asiam proficiscendi fuit,
Cic. Brut. 91, 314.—
4.
= pu tare, habere, judicare, to consider as, to hold, with two acc., or inf.-clause.
a.
With double acc.:
quom dispicias tristem, frugi censeas (i.e. eum),
you would consider him thrifty, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2. 32:
auxilio vos dignos censet senatus,
considers you worthy of help, Liv. 7, 31, 2:
has... indagines cuppediarum majore detestatione dignas censebimus si, etc.,
Gell. 7 (6), 16, 6: cum Priscum nobilitas hostem patriae censuisset, judged, declared him the enemy, etc., Aur. Vict. Caes. 29, 4.—
b.
In the pass. with nom. and inf., = haberi (in Manil. and Gell.):
praeter illas unam et viginti (comoedias) quae consensu omnium Plauti esse censebantur,
Gell. 3, 3, 3:
quae terrena censentur sidera sorte (i. e. esse),
are considered as being of the terrestrial kind, Manil. 2, 226; so id. 2, 293; 2, 653; 2, 667; 3, 96; so, sub aliquo censeri, to be considered as being under one ' s influence, id. 4, 246; 4, 705; cf. id. 3, 598 (with per).—
5.
To wish, with subj.-clause or ne (in App.):
de coma pretiosi velleris floccum mihi confestim adferas censeo,
App. M. 6. [p. 315] p. 117:
censeo ne ulla cura os percolat,
id. Mag. p. 411.
2.
censeo, ēre, = succenseo, to be angry: ne vobis censeam, si, etc., Varr. ap. Non. p. 267, 24.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > censeo

109 sin

sīn, conj. [apocop. from si-ne], an adversative conditional particle, if however, if on the contrary, but if (good prose).
I.
With a preceding si, nisi, quando, dum.
A.
After si.
1.
In gen.:
si domi sum, foris est animus: sin foris sum, animus domi est,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 2; cf. id. ib. 3, 4, 7: hunc mihi timorem eripe: si est verus, ne opprimar;
sin falsus, ut, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 18 fin.:
si optimates... sin populus, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 42, 65:
quos si boni oppresserunt... sin audaces,
id. ib. 1, 44, 68;
1, 37, 58: si nostri oblitus es... sin aestivorum timor te debilitat,
id. Fam. 7, 14, 1:
qui si improbasset... sin' probasset, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 1, 32:
si sine vi velint rapta tradere, redderent... Sin aliter sient animati, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 54:
sin aliter es,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 9; Ter. Ad. 3, 5, 5;
and simply sin aliter, with a verb understood,
but if not, in the contrary case, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 66; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69; id. Fam. 11, 14, 3; Quint. 8, 6, 74 al.:
sin secus,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 25:
accusator illum... defendet, si poterit: sin minus poterit, negabit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 29, 88;
so simply sin minus,
id. Att. 9, 15, 1; id. Q. Fr. 2, 8, 2. —
2.
In the epistolary style also, ellipt., sin (for sin aliter or sin minus):
si pares aeque inter se, quiescendum: sin, latius manabit,
Cic. Att. 16, 13, b, 2.—
3.
Strengthened,
(α).
By autem:
si malus est... sin autem frugi'st, etc.,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 6; cf.:
id si ita est, etc.... sin autem illa veriora,
Cic. Lael. 4, 14; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 44; 5, 2, 14; Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 142; id. Att. 3, 8, 6 and 7; Just. 16, 4, 14; 31, 5, 7 al.; cf.:
si sunt viri boni, me adjuvant... sin autem minus idonei, me non laedunt,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 3; so id. Div. in Caecil. 11, 34; and in epistolary style, ellipti.: si vir esse volet, praeclara sunodia: sin autem erimus nos, qui solemus id. Att. 10, 7, 2.—So freq. in Vulg.:
si est tibi intellectus, responde proximo: sin autem, sit manus tua super os tutum,
Vulg. Ecclus. 5, 14; 29, 8; id. Luc. 10, 6; id. Apoc. 2, 5.—
(β).
Less freq. by vero: si sit ovis matura [p. 1706]... sin vero feta, Col. 7, 3, 11.—
* B.
After nisi:
nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo Comoediaï: sin odio est—dicam tamen,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 51.—
* C.
After quando:
quando abiit rete pessum, adducit lineam: sin jecit recte, etc.,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 16 (Speng. si injecit).—
* D.
After dum:
dum illi agunt suam rem agunt, ceteri cleptae: sin vident quempiam se adservare, obludunt,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 10.—
II.
Without a preceding si, nisi, etc. (where the foregoing particle is usu. clearly implied by the context).
A.
In gen.:
qui ero servire servos postulat, etc.... Sin dormitat, ita dormitet, ut, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 1, 5; cf. Cic. Rep. 3, 3, 6: Pae. Ne me attrecta. So. Sin te amo? Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 45; cf. id. Ps. 1, 3, 22; id. Mil. 4, 8, 27:
primum danda opera est, ne quā amicorum discidia fiant: sin tale aliquid evenerit, ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 21, 78; cf. id. Off. 2, 21, 74:
adhuc nostri nulli fuerunt: sin quando exstiterint, etc.,
id. de Or. 3, 24, 95:
orat ac postulat, rem publicam suscipiant. Sin timore defugiant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Nep. Ages. 1, 3:
haec ut fiant, deos quaeso, ut vobis decet. Sin aliter animus voster est, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 46.—
B.
In epistolary style, ellipt.:
ego, ut constitui, adero: atque utinam tu quoque eodem die! Sin quid—multa enim—utique postridie,
Cic. Att. 13, 22, 4.—
C.
Strengthened,
1.
By autem:
summi puerorum amores saepe unā cum praetextā togā ponerentur: sin autem ad adulescentiam perduxissent, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 10, 34; 21, 77; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; 2, 39, 66; id. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 19; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; Caes. B. G. 5, 35 al.—
2.
Rarely by vero:
quidam saepe in parvā pecuniā cognoscuntur quam sint leves, quidam, etc., sin vero erunt aliqui, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 17, 63.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sin

110 ἵνα

ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.

① marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final sense

ⓐ w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):

α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.

β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.

γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.

δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.

ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.

ⓑ w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.

ⓒ ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.

ⓓ The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.

ⓔ after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.

ⓕ ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.

② marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.² 191ff]; LXX).

ⓐ after verbs w. the sense

α. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.

β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.

γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.

δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.

ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.

ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John², ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.

η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.

ⓑ after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.

ⓒ after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:

α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.

β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.

ⓓ after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.

ⓔ ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.² 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.

ⓕ ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).

ⓖ ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.

ⓗ ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).

③ marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P⁴⁷ has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).

④ marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἵνα

111 Science

   1) Thoughts, Feelings, and Actions of Sentient Beings Are Not a Subject of Science

   It is a common notion, or at least it is implied in many common modes of speech, that the thoughts, feelings, and actions of sentient beings are not a subject of science.... This notion seems to involve some confusion of ideas, which it is necessary to begin by clearing up. Any facts are fitted, in themselves, to be a subject of science, which follow one another according to constant laws; although those laws may not have been discovered, nor even to be discoverable by our existing resources. (Mill, 1900, B. VI, Chap. 3, Sec. 1)

   2) Two Contending But Complementary Philosophies of Science

   One class of natural philosophers has always a tendency to combine the phenomena and to discover their analogies; another class, on the contrary, employs all its efforts in showing the disparities of things. Both tendencies are necessary for the perfection of science, the one for its progress, the other for its correctness. The philosophers of the first of these classes are guided by the sense of unity throughout nature; the philosophers of the second have their minds more directed towards the certainty of our knowledge. The one are absorbed in search of principles, and neglect often the peculiarities, and not seldom the strictness of demonstration; the other consider the science only as the investigation of facts, but in their laudable zeal they often lose sight of the harmony of the whole, which is the character of truth. Those who look for the stamp of divinity on every thing around them, consider the opposite pursuits as ignoble and even as irreligious; while those who are engaged in the search after truth, look upon the other as unphilosophical enthusiasts, and perhaps as phantastical contemners of truth.... This conﬂict of opinions keeps science alive, and promotes it by an oscillatory progress. (Oersted, 1920, p. 352)

   3) The Fundamental Ideas of Science Are Essentially Simple

   Most of the fundamental ideas of science are essentially simple, and may, as a rule, be expressed in a language comprehensible to everyone. (Einstein & Infeld, 1938, p. 27)

   4) A New Scientific Truth Triumphs Because Its Opponents Eventually Die

   A new scientific truth does not triumph by convincing its opponents and making them see the light, but rather because its opponents eventually die, and a new generation grows up that is familiar with it. (Planck, 1949, pp. 33-34)

   [Original quotation: "Eine neue wissenschaftliche Wahrheit pﬂegt sich nicht in der Weise durchzusetzen, dass ihre Gegner ueberzeugt werden und sich as belehrt erklaeren, sondern vielmehr dadurch, dass die Gegner allmaehlich aussterben und dass die heranwachsende Generation von vornherein mit der Wahrheit vertraut gemacht ist." (Planck, 1990, p. 15)]

   5) The Search for the Absolute

   I had always looked upon the search for the absolute as the noblest and most worth while task of science. (Planck, 1949, p. 46)

   6) When Your Scientific Doing Is Worthless

   If you cannot-in the long run-tell everyone what you have been doing, your doing has been worthless. (SchroЁdinger, 1951, pp. 7-8)

   7) Description in Plain Language Is a Criterion of Understanding

   Even for the physicist the description in plain language will be a criterion of the degree of understanding that has been reached. (Heisenberg, 1958, p. 168)

   8) The Tentativeness of Scientific Statements

   The old scientific ideal of episteґmeґ-of absolutely certain, demonstrable knowledge-has proved to be an idol. The demand for scientific objectivity makes it inevitable that every scientific statement must remain tentative forever. It may indeed be corroborated, but every corroboration is relative to other statements which, again, are tentative. Only in our subjective experiences of conviction, in our subjective faith, can we be "absolutely certain." (Popper, 1959, p. 280)

   9) Scientists Often Close Their Minds to New Scientific Evidence

   The layman, taught to revere scientists for their absolute respect for the observed facts, and for the judiciously detached and purely provisional manner in which they hold scientific theories (always ready to abandon a theory at the sight of any contradictory evidence) might well have thought that, at Miller's announcement of this overwhelming evidence of a "positive effect" [indicating that the speed of light is not independent from the motion of the observer, as Einstein's theory of relativity demands] in his presidential address to the American Physical Society on December 29th, 1925, his audience would have instantly abandoned the theory of relativity. Or, at the very least, that scientists-wont to look down from the pinnacle of their intellectual humility upon the rest of dogmatic mankind-might suspend judgment in this matter until Miller's results could be accounted for without impairing the theory of relativity. But no: by that time they had so well closed their minds to any suggestion which threatened the new rationality achieved by Einstein's world-picture, that it was almost impossible for them to think again in different terms. Little attention was paid to the experiments, the evidence being set aside in the hope that it would one day turn out to be wrong. (Polanyi, 1958, pp. 12-13)

    10) The Practice of Normal Science

   The practice of normal science depends on the ability, acquired from examplars, to group objects and situations into similarity sets which are primitive in the sense that the grouping is done without an answer to the question, "Similar with respect to what?" (Kuhn, 1970, p. 200)

    11) Of What Science Consists

   Science in general... does not consist in collecting what we already know and arranging it in this or that kind of pattern. It consists in fastening upon something we do not know, and trying to discover it. (Collingwood, 1972, p. 9)

    12) The Emergence of Scientific Fields

   Scientific fields emerge as the concerns of scientists congeal around various phenomena. Sciences are not defined, they are recognized. (Newell, 1973a, p. 1)

    13) We Do Not Take Our Theories Seriously Enough

   This is often the way it is in physics-our mistake is not that we take our theories too seriously, but that we do not take them seriously enough. I do not think it is possible really to understand the successes of science without understanding how hard it is-how easy it is to be led astray, how difficult it is to know at any time what is the next thing to be done. (Weinberg, 1977, p. 49)

    14) Science Takes away Philosophical Foundations

   Science is wonderful at destroying metaphysical answers, but incapable of providing substitute ones. Science takes away foundations without providing a replacement. Whether we want to be there or not, science has put us in a position of having to live without foundations. It was shocking when Nietzsche said this, but today it is commonplace; our historical position-and no end to it is in sight-is that of having to philosophize without "foundations." (Putnam, 1987, p. 29)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Science

112 sīn

    sīn conj.    [si+ne], if however, if on the contrary, but if.—After an expressed condition: hunc mihi timorem eripe; si est verus, ne opprimar; sin falsus, ut, etc.—Often with aliter or minus, but if not: sin aliter de hac re est eius sententia, T.: si recte (iudicatum est), id fuit ius; sin aliter, non dubium est, etc.: si... facile pa titur; sin minus, etc.: si pares aeque inter se, quiescendum; sin, latius manabit (i. e. sin aliter): id si ita est, etc.... sin autem illa veriora.—After an implied condition: primum danda opera est, ne quā amicorum discidia fiant; sin tale aliquid evenerit, ut, etc.: ego adero; atque utinam tu quoque eodem die! Sin quid—multa enim—utique postridie: rursus circumveniebantur; sin autem locum tenere vellent, etc., Cs.: quidam perspiciuntur quam sint leves, quidam... sin vero erunt aliqui, etc.
* * *

CONJ

but if; if on the contrary

Latin-English dictionary > sīn

113 Alius

1.
Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):
postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
2.
ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:
alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:
alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:
aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:
ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:
alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:
aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
I.
A.. In gen.:
eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:
alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:
plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:
cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:
an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:
dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:
nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:
panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:
quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:
ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:
datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:
adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:
aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:
ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:
nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:
si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:
quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:
Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:
tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:
Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:
alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:
nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:
alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:
plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:
aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:
Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:
estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:
aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:
aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:
alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:
alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:
sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:
haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —
Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):
ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:
utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,
si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:
an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:
siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:
neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
► Instances of the rare gen.
alius:
alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:
alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:
alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:
artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:
alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:
nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
B.
In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
(α).
With atque, ac, or et:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:
potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:
res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:
longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:
alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:
lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
(β).
With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:
neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:
erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:
Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:
nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:
quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:
pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:
Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:
neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:
Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;
Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:
ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:
et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:
sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:
ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:
mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:
quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,
Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:
te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:
quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:
Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:
Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:
Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:
Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:
Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:
Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:
Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —
(γ).
With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):
qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:
quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:
neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:
alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:
accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
(δ).
With praeter:
nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:
nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:
non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:
rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:
Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:
nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
(ε).
With extra (eccl. Lat.):
neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
(ζ).
With absque (eccl. Lat.):
non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
(η).
With praeterquam:
cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.
II.
Esp.
A.
In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:
quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:
latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:
alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:
cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;
immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:
nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:
alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:
Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:
Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:
castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:
alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;
alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:
Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:
Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:
aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:
aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:
jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
B.
Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.
Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:
fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:
fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:
signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:
alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:
alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:
dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:
ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:
ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:
habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a
l'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:
legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:
alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:
cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:
alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:
alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:
alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:
aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:
equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:
cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:
jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
C.
Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:
ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:
aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:
alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:
ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:
alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:
aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:
nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:
quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:
aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:
deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—
D.
Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:
eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:
alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:
inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:
cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:
milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:
luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:
febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:
cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:
aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:
saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:
aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—
E.
Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:
nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):
alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:
Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:
longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:
Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:
lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:
ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:
ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:
alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:
homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:
mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;
qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:
frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:
de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
F.
Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:
Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:
inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:
vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:
legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:
cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
G.
Like alter, one of two, the other of two:
huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;
magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:
duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:
ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:
marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,
alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:
classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):
ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:
alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
H.
A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:
mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:
facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:
Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:
quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:
quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:
(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:
non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
1.
In gen.
a.
Of place:
fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:
ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:
translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:
decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:
nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:
Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —
b.
Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):
illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:
ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:
hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:
sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:
quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
c.
Of purpose or design:
appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:
hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
2.
a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:
hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:
nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
b.
Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:
et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:
aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:
quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
c.
Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;
in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:
quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
B.
ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
C.
ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
1.
Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
a.
At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.
Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):
sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:
sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:
et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:
nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:
recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:
Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;
nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:
gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:
alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;
as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:
consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:
numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:
non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:
si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):
Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—
b.
Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:
Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:
nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:
contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:
cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:
nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:
hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:
illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
c.
Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:
et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:
alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:
(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:
ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
d.
Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;
also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:
fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:
quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:
cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:
cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:
neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:
nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
e.
Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
f.
Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:
ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
g.
Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):
non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:
non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:
non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;
11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:
haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
2.
Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):
Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:
sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—
3.
Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:
in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
4.
Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):
non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:
debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
5.
Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
D.
ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
1.
With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
a.
With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:
sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:
aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:
si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:
si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:
Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
b.
Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:
Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:
dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:
nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:
illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:
nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:
Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:
non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:
nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:
Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:
non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:
neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:
patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:
successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—
* c.
Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:
cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
d.
Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:
qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
e.
Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:
neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
2.
Without a comparative clause expressed.
a.
In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:
vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:
tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:
ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:
Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:
quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:
Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:
non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:
Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:
aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:
haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:
haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:
non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:
neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:
neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:
nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;
Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;
fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
b.
Esp.
(α).
Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:
verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):
amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:
dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:
sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
(β).
Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:
sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;
ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:
jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:
si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:
aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:
aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:
veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:
quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
(δ).
Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:
aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:
Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:
aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
(ε).
With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):
quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:
hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
(ζ).
Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):
non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:
idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Alius

114 alius

1.
Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):
postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
2.
ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:
alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:
alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:
aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:
ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:
alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:
aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
I.
A.. In gen.:
eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:
alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:
plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:
cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:
an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:
dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:
nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:
panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:
quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:
ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:
datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:
adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:
aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:
ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:
nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:
si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:
quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:
Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:
tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:
Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:
alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:
nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:
alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:
plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:
aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:
Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:
estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:
aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:
aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:
alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:
alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:
sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:
haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —
Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):
ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:
utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,
si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:
an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:
siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:
neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
► Instances of the rare gen.
alius:
alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:
alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:
alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:
artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:
alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:
nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
B.
In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
(α).
With atque, ac, or et:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:
potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:
res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:
longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:
alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:
lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
(β).
With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:
neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:
erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:
Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:
nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:
quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:
pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:
Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:
neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:
Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;
Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:
ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:
et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:
sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:
ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:
mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:
quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,
Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:
te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:
quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:
Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:
Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:
Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:
Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:
Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:
Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:
Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —
(γ).
With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):
qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:
quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:
neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:
alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:
accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
(δ).
With praeter:
nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:
nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:
non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:
rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:
Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:
nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
(ε).
With extra (eccl. Lat.):
neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
(ζ).
With absque (eccl. Lat.):
non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
(η).
With praeterquam:
cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.
II.
Esp.
A.
In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:
quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:
latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:
alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:
cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;
immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:
nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:
alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:
Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:
Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:
castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:
alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;
alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:
Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:
Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:
aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:
aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:
jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
B.
Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.
Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:
fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:
fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:
signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:
alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:
alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:
dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:
ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:
ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:
habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a
l'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:
legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:
alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:
cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:
alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:
alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:
alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:
aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:
equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:
cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:
jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
C.
Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:
ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:
aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:
alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:
ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:
alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:
aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:
nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:
quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:
aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:
deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—
D.
Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:
eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:
alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:
inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:
cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:
milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:
luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:
febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:
cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:
aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:
saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:
aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—
E.
Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:
nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):
alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:
Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:
longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:
Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:
lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:
ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:
ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:
alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:
homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:
mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;
qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:
frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:
de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
F.
Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:
Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:
inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:
vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:
legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:
cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
G.
Like alter, one of two, the other of two:
huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;
magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:
duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:
ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:
marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,
alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:
classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):
ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:
alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
H.
A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:
mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:
facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:
Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:
quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:
quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:
(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:
non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
1.
In gen.
a.
Of place:
fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:
ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:
translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:
decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:
nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:
Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —
b.
Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):
illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:
ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:
hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:
sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:
quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
c.
Of purpose or design:
appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:
hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
2.
a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:
hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:
nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
b.
Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:
et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:
aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:
quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
c.
Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;
in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:
quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
B.
ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
C.
ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
1.
Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
a.
At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.
Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):
sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:
sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:
et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:
nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:
recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:
Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;
nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:
gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:
alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;
as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:
consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:
numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:
non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:
si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):
Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—
b.
Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:
Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:
nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:
contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:
cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:
nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:
hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:
illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
c.
Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:
et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:
alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:
(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:
ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
d.
Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;
also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:
fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:
quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:
cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:
cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:
neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:
nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
e.
Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
f.
Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:
ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
g.
Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):
non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:
non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:
non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;
11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:
haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
2.
Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):
Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:
sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—
3.
Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:
in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
4.
Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):
non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:
debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
5.
Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
D.
ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
1.
With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
a.
With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:
sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:
aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:
si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:
si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:
Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
b.
Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:
Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:
dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:
nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:
illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:
nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:
Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:
non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:
nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:
Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:
non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:
neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:
patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:
successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—
* c.
Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:
cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
d.
Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:
qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
e.
Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:
neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
2.
Without a comparative clause expressed.
a.
In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:
vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:
tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:
ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:
Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:
quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:
Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:
non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:
Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:
aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:
haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:
haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:
non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:
neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:
neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:
nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;
Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;
fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
b.
Esp.
(α).
Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:
verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):
amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:
dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:
sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
(β).
Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:
sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;
ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:
jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:
si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:
aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:
aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:
veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:
quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
(δ).
Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:
aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:
Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:
aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
(ε).
With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):
quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:
hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
(ζ).
Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):
non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:
idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alius

115 unless

conjunction

es sei denn; wenn... nicht

I shall not do it unless I am paid for it — ich werde es nur tun, wenn ich dafür bezahlt werde

I shall expect you tomorrow unless I hear from you/hear to the contrary — falls od. sofern ich nichts von dir/nichts Gegenteiliges höre, erwarte ich dich morgen

I might go, but not unless I'm asked to — vielleicht gehe ich, aber nur, wenn man mich darum bittet

unless I'm [very much] mistaken — wenn ich mich nicht [sehr] irre od. täusche

unless otherwise indicated or stated — wenn nicht anders angegeben

* * *
[ən'les]
conjunction

1) (if not: Don't come unless I telephone.) wenn...nicht

2) (except when: The directors have a meeting every Friday, unless there is nothing to discuss.) außer wenn

* * *

un·less

[ʌnˈles]

I. conj (except for when) außer wenn

don't promise anything \unless you're 100 per cent sure mach' keine Versprechungen, es sei denn, du bist hundertprozentig sicher!

we'll do it \unless we're told otherwise wir machen es, sofern man uns nichts anderes sagt

\unless otherwise agreed soweit nichts Gegenteiliges vereinbart

II. prep außer + dat

* * *
[ən'les]
conj
es sei denn; (at beginning of sentence) wenn... nicht, sofern... nicht
don't do it unless I tell you to — mach das nicht, es sei denn, ich sage es dir

unless I tell you to, don't do it — sofern or wenn ich es dir nicht sage, mach das nicht

unless I am mistaken... — wenn or falls ich mich nicht irre...

unless otherwise stated — sofern nicht anders angezeigt or angegeben

unless there is an interruption — vorausgesetzt, alles läuft ohne Unterbrechung

* * *

unless [ənˈles; ʌn-]

A konj wenn … nicht, sofern … nicht

B präp außer

* * *

conjunction

es sei denn; wenn... nicht

I shall not do it unless I am paid for it — ich werde es nur tun, wenn ich dafür bezahlt werde

I shall expect you tomorrow unless I hear from you/hear to the contrary — falls od. sofern ich nichts von dir/nichts Gegenteiliges höre, erwarte ich dich morgen

I might go, but not unless I'm asked to — vielleicht gehe ich, aber nur, wenn man mich darum bittet

unless I'm [very much] mistaken — wenn ich mich nicht [sehr] irre od. täusche

unless otherwise indicated or stated — wenn nicht anders angegeben

* * *

conj.

außer wenn konj.

bis konj.

es sei denn konj.

wenn konj.

wenn nicht konj.

English-german dictionary > unless

116 ὁδός

ὁδός, οῦ, ἡ (Hom.+) gener. an established ‘way’ or ‘course’ such as a road or channel of a river.

① a way for traveling or moving from one place to another, way, road, highway, used by pers. or impers. entities: Mt 2:12; 21:8ab; Mk 11:8; Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4 v.l.); 19:36 al.; ἑτέρα ὁδ. Js 2:25. ἡ ὁδ. ἡ Καμπανή=Lat. Via Campana the Campanian Way Hv 4, 1, 2 (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; Hülsen, Pauly-W. III 1434); described as ἡ ὁδ. ἡ δημοσία the public highway ibid. (s. δημόσιος 1). τὴν βασιλικήν AcPl Ant 13 (τὴν β. ὁδόν Aa I 237, 4). ἡ ὁδ. ἡ καταβαίνουσα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν Ac 8:26. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς ὁδ. pass by (a certain place) on the road Mt 8:28 (on διὰ τ. ὁδ. cp. Philo, Abr. 269; ParJer 3:21). πίπτειν εἰς τὴν ὁδ. fall on the road Hv 3, 7, 1a. ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ὁδ., μένειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. v 3, 2, 9a. κυλίεσθαι ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. roll off the road 3, 2, 9b and 3, 7, 1b. Of a fig tree ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ by the roadside Mt 21:19. Of beggars καθῆσθαι παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. sit by the roadside 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Εὔτρησις: κώμη … κεῖται παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν), but along the way also merits attention (cp. παρὰ τὰς ὁδούς Antig. Car. 29). Of seed that is sown πίπτειν παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. fall along the road (Dalman, PJ 22, 1926, 121ff) Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; cp. Mt 13:19; Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. ἐξέρχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ὁδ. go out into the streets Mt 22:10; Lk 14:23; for διεξόδους τῶν ὁδ. Mt 22:9 s. διέξοδος; καταβαίνειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. go down the road Lk 10:31. πορεύεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. go on along the highway Ac 8:36. AcPl Ant 13, 20 (sc. ὁδόν after AcPlTh 3=Aa I 237, 4). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ ἤρχου (by attraction for ἣν ἤρ.; X., An. 2, 2, 10) 9:17. ἑτοιμάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος prepare someone’s way Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4 (all after Is 40:3); cp. Lk 1:76 and for the pass. Rv 16:12. Also κατασκευάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27. εὐθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος J 1:23. κατευθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος 1 Th 3:11 (PsSol 8:6).—W. obj. gen. to indicate direction (Gen 3:24) Mt 10:5 (s. 3a below); Hb 9:8.—The acc. ὁδόν, following the Hebr.דֶּרֶךְ, and contrary to customary Gk. usage (but single cases of ὁδός take on the functions of adverbs or prepositions in the Gk. language as well: cp. Diog. L. 7, 156; Synes., Providence 1, 8 ὁδῷ βαδίζειν=‘go straight forward’; Appian, Hann. 47 §201 ὁδὸν ἐλάσσονα by a shorter [or the shortest] way; Plut., Mor. 371c.—The nearest parallel to the NT usage cited below would be the report of Diog. L. 9, 8 concerning Heraclitus: τὴν μεταβολὴν ὁδὸν ἄνω κάτω γίνεσθαι, if it might be translated: ‘Change [in the universe] is accomplished in an upward and downward direction’.) is used as a prep. toward (Dt 11:30; 3 Km 8:48; 18:43 ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης. Cp. B-D-F §161, 1) ὁδ. θαλάσσης toward the sea Mt 4:15 (Is 8:23 LXX, Aq., Sym.).—LCasson, Travel in the Ancient World ’74; OEANE IV 431–34.

② the action of traveling, way, trip, journey, transf. sense of 1 (Hes., Theogon. 754; X., Mem. 3, 13, 5; Herodian 2, 11, 1; JosAs 9:4 al.; Just., D. 85, 5) εἰς (τὴν) ὁδ. for the trip/journey (Jos., Ant. 12, 198) Mt 10:10; Mk 6:8; Lk 9:3; on the way Mk 10:17. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way (Gen 45:24; Jos., Ant. 6, 55; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2, end) Mt 15:32; 20:17; Mk 8:3, 27; 9:33f; 10:52; Lk 9:57; 12:58; 24:32; Ac 9:27. τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ what had happened to them on the way Lk 24:35. εἶναι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Mt 5:25; Mk 10:32. ἐξ ὁδοῦ from a trip (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 91 §418; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 203 p. 138, 8 W.; Jos., Vi. 246; 248 ἐκ τ. ὁδοῦ) Lk 11:6. ἔκαμνον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1. κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. along the way (Arrian, Anab. 1, 26, 5; 3, 19, 3; PKöln VI, 245, 20 καθʼ ὁδόν ‘on my way’; Jos., Ant. 8, 404; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2) 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς ὁδοῦ halfway GJs 17:3. τ. ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ πορεύεσθαι go on his way Ac 8:39 (cp. X., Cyr. 5, 2, 22; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 2 [Stone p. 60]). πορεύεσθαι τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Cl 12:4. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν make one’s way (Judg 17:8) Mk 2:23; s. ὁδοποιέω.—σαββάτου ὁδός a Sabbath day’s trip could also belong under 1; it signified the distance an Israelite might travel on the Sabbath, two thousand paces or cubits (=about 800 meters.—Mishnah: ˓Erubin 4, 3; 7; 5, 7; Origen, Princ. 4, 17; Schürer II 472f; 484f; Billerb. II 590–94; Moore, Judaism II 32) Ac 1:12. ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s trip Lk 2:44 (Diod S 19, 17, 3; Appian, Samn. 1 §5; Polyaenus 7, 21, 1; Lucian, Syr. Dea 9; Procop., Aed. 6, 1, 12; cp. Hdt. 4, 101; X., Cyr. 1, 1, 3 παμπόλλων ἡμερῶν ὁδός; Ael. Aristid. 36, 87 K.=48 p. 473 D.: τριῶν ἡμ. ὁδ.; Gen 30:36; 31:23; Ex 3:18; Jdth 2:21; 1 Macc 5:24; 7:45; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 5 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 15, 293).

③ course of behavior, way, way of life, fig. ext. of 1 and 2, but oft. w. the picture prominently in mind (SibOr 3, 233; ὁδὸς τις γίνεται one finds a way (out) Did., Gen. 228, 7).

ⓐ way εἰς ὁδ. ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε do not go in the way of the Gentiles i.e. do not turn to the Gentiles Mt 10:5 (but s. 1.—JJeremias, Jesu Verheissung für d. Völker, ’56). εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 7:13 (Pla., Gorg. 524a τὼ ὁδώ, ἡ μὲν εἰς μακάρων νήσους, ἡ δʼ εἰς Τάρταρον). Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:1; ἡ τοῦ μέλανος ὁδ. 20:1. ἡ τοῦ θανάτου ὁδ. (Herm. Wr. 1, 29) D 5:1. Cp. 1:1 (on this Jer 21:8; TestAsh 1:3, 5 ὁδοὶ δύο, καλοῦ κ. κακοῦ; SibOr 8, 399 ὁδοὶ δύο, ζωῆς θανάτου τε; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 577 D.: δυοῖν ὁδοῖν τὴν μὲν … τὴν δέ.—The two ὁδοί of Heracles: X., Mem. 2, 1, 21ff; Maximus Tyr. 14, 1a; e; k). ὁδ. σκότους 5:4b. Description of the way B 20; D 5:1ff. τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν Mt 7:14 (TestAbr A 2 p. 88, 28 [Stone p. 4]). Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ζωῆς D 1:2. ἡ ὁδ. τοῦ φωτός 19:1. Description of the way B 19; D 1–4. ὁδ. εἰρήνης Lk 1:79; Ro 3:17 (Is 59:8; Ps 13:3). ὁδ. ζωῆς Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); cp. D 1:2 above. ὁδ. σωτηρίας Ac 16:17. ὁδ. πρόσφατος κ. ζῶσα Hb 10:20. ὁδ. δικαιοσύνης B 1:4; 5:4a (in these two pass. the imagery of ‘way’ is stronger than in Mt 21:32 and 2 Pt 2:21, on the latter two pass. s. below in b). Of love ὁδ. ἡ ἀναφέρουσα εἰς θεόν IEph 9:1 (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 6 [Christ as teacher of the ‘way’]). αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἐν ᾗ εὕρομεν τὸ σωτήριον ἡμῶν 1 Cl 36:1.—Christ calls himself ἡ ὁδ. (i.e., to God) J 14:6, cp. 4f (s. Orig., C. Cels. 6, 66, 28; cp. Iren. 1, 15, 2 [Harv. I 149, 6].—Hdb. and Bultmann [p. 466ff—Engl. 603ff w. other lit.]; JPascher, Η ΒΑΣΙΛΙΚΗ ΟΔΟΣ; D. Königsweg. z. Wiedergeb. u. Vergottung b. Philon v. Alex. ’31).

ⓑ way of life, way of acting, conduct (Did., Gen. 168, 8) (ἡ) ὁδ. (τῆς) δικαιοσύνης (Pr 21:16, 21; Job 24:13); En 99:10; Mt 21:32 (ἐν ὁδῷ δικ. [cp. Pr 8:20] denotes either the way of life practiced by the Baptist [Zahn; OHoltzmann] or the type of conduct he demanded [described in Just., D. 38, 2 as ἡ τοῦ βαπτίσματο ὁδ.; cp. HHoltzmann; BWeiss; JWeiss; EKlostermann; Schniewind]. S. JKleist, CBQ 8, ’46, 192–96); 2 Pt 2:21. τῇ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθη he went astray in his path (=‘in his conduct’) 1 Cl 16:6 (Is 53:6). ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ αὐτοῦ from his misguided way of life Js 5:20. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ἀληθείας (Ps 118:30) vs. 19 v.l. (cp. 2 Pt 2:2 in c below); 1 Cl 35:5. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τὴν ἀληθινήν Hv 3, 7, 1. τῇ ὁδ. τοῦ Κάϊν πορεύεσθαι follow the way of Cain Jd 11. ὁδ. δικαίων, ἀσεβῶν 11:7 (Ps 1:6). (ἡ) ὁδ. (ἡ) δικαία (Jos., Ant. 13, 290) 12:4; 2 Cl 5:7. τὸ δίκαιον ὀρθὴν ὁδ. ἔχει the way of righteousness is a straight one Hm 6, 1, 2. τῇ ὀρθῇ ὁδ. πορεύεσθαι ibid.; cp. 6, 1, 4 (Just., D. 8, 2). Opp. ἡ στρεβλὴ ὁδ. the crooked way 6, 1, 3. θέωμεν τὴν ὁδ. τὴν εὐθεῖαν let us run the straight course 2 Cl 7:3; cp. 2 Pt 2:15. Of life in association w. polytheists αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἡδυτέρα αὐτοῖς ἐφαίνετο Hs 8, 9, 1. The basic mng. has disappeared to such a degree that one can speak of καρποὶ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 57:6 (Pr 1:31) and ἔργα τῆς πονηρᾶς ὁδ. 4:10.—Pl. ways, of one’s total conduct Ac 14:16; Ro 3:16 (Is 59:7; Ps 13:3a; PsSol 6:2; 10:4 al.; ApcSed 15:5); Js 1:8; Hv 2, 2, 6. Esp. of the ways of God, referring either to the ways that God initiates: ὡς … ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ how inscrutable are his ways Ro 11:33; δίκαιαι καὶ ἀληθιναὶ αἱ ὁδ. σου Rv 15:3; αἱ ὁδ. τῆς εὐλογίας the ways of blessing 1 Cl 31:1; or to the ways that humans should take: οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδ. μου Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10). διαστρέφειν τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ κυρίου Ac 13:10. διδάσκειν τὰς ὁδ. σου 1 Cl 18:13 (Ps 50:15). Likew. the sing. τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διδάσκειν Mt 22:16; cp. Mk 12:14; Lk 20:21. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ ApcPt 20:34. παρέβησαν ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 53:2 (Ex 32:8).

ⓒ of the whole way of life fr. a moral and spiritual viewpoint, the way, teaching in the most comprehensive sense (Lucian, Hermot. 46 ὁδ. of the doctrine of a philosophical school Just., D. 39, 2 ἀπολείποντας τήν ὁδ. τῆς πλάνης; 142, 3 διὰ ταύτης τῆς ὁδοῦ), and specif. of teaching and manner of life relating to Jesus Christ (SMcCasland, JBL 77, ’58, 222–30: Qumran parallels) κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν according to the Way, which they call a (heterodox) sect Ac 24:14. ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδ. ὄντας if he should find people who belonged to the Way 9:2. ὁδ. κυρίου, θεοῦ of teaching relating to Jesus and God’s purpose 18:25f. κακολογεῖν τὴν ὁδ. ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 19:9. ταύτην τὴν ὁδ. διώκειν persecute this religion 22:4. ἐγένετο τάραχος περὶ τῆς ὁδ. there arose a disturbance concerning the Way 19:23. τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδ. (the things) concerning the teaching 24:22. ἡ ὁδὸς τ. ἀληθείας of the true Christian teaching (in contrast to that of dissidents vs. 1) 2 Pt 2:2 (OdeSol 11:3). Of the way of love καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδ. a far better way 1 Cor 12:31. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης ApcPt 7:22; 13:28. Likew. the pl. (En 104:13 μαθεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν [τ. βίβλων] πάσας τ. ὁδοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας) τὰς ὁδούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησου my Christian directives (i.e. instructions, teachings) 1 Cor 4:17.—OBecker, D. Bild des Weges u. verwandte Vorstellungen im frühgriech. Denken ’37; FNötscher, Gotteswege u. Menschenwege in d. Bibel u. in Qumran, ’58; ERepo, D. Weg als Selbstbezeichnung des Urchr., ’64 (but s. CBurchard, Der 13te Zeuge, ’70, 43, n. 10; JPathrapankal, Christianity as a ‘Way’ according to the Acts of the Apostles: Les Actes des Apôtres, Traditions, redaction, théologie, ed. JKremer ’79, 533–39 [reflects Is 40:3 and the emphasis on דרך in CD and 1QS: the ‘dynamism of Christianity’ is ‘Way of Life’]).—B. 717; 720. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁδός

117 Г-45

БРОСАТЬСЯ/БРОСИТЬСЯ (КИДАТЬСЯ/ КИНУТЬСЯ) В ГЛАЗА (кому) VP
1. \Г-45 (чем) ( subj: usu. concr or human) to attract s.o. 's gaze, be noticed because of one's or its prominence

X бросался в глаза - X caught the eye
X was striking (conspicuous) one couldn't help but notice (one couldn't help noticing) X
Y-y бросился в глаза X - X caught Yb eye
X struck Y's eye Y couldn't help but notice (Y couldn't help noticing, Y couldn't help but see) X
первым Y-y в глаза бросился X - X was the first (person (thing)) to meet (catch) Yb eye

Neg X не бросается в глаза = X is inconspicuous
(in limited contexts) person X keeps a low profile.
Остальные (красноармейцы) были бледны, безличны. Один он бросался в глаза дюжим складом плеч и татарским энергичным лицом (Шолохов 4). The others (the Red Army men) were a pale, faceless lot. Only he caught the eye with his massive shoulders and energetic Tatar face (4a).

Во втором ряду с правого фланга, с которого коляска обгоняла роты, невольно бросался в глаза голубоглазый солдат, Долохов... (Толстой 4). Conspicuous in the second file from the right flank, the side on which the carriage was passing, was the blue-eyed soldier, Dolokhov... (4a).

Иногда он выглядел много старше: бросались в глаза отёки, болезненная серость кожи, сутулость... (Эренбург 4). Sometimes he looked much older. One could not help noticing the dropsical puffiness, the morbid greyness of his skin, and the stoop of his shoulders (4a).

Многоведёрный блестящий самовар за прилавком первым бросался в глаза... (Булгаков 12). The first thing to meet the eye behind the counter was a gleaming samovar of several gallons' capacity... (12a).

Багратион оглянул свою свиту своими большими, ничего не выражающими, невыспавшимися глазами, и невольно замиравшее от волнения и надежды детское лицо Ростова первое бросилось ему в глаза (Толстой 4). Bagration cast his large, sleepy, expressionless eyes over his suite and the boyish face of Rostov, whose heart was throbbing with excitement, was the first to catch his eye (4a).

...Monsieur Перси не был шумным человеком, даже наоборот - был бессловесен, тих и не бросался в глаза (Федин 1).... Monsieur Percy was not a noisy man, he was even, on the contrary, wordless, quiet and inconspicuous (1a).

2. ( subj: usu. abstr) (of a personality trait, an aspect of some phenomenon etc) to attract attention to itself by being prominent

X бросался (Y-y) в глаза = X was striking (evident, apparent)
X struck Y Y was struck by X Y couldn't help noticing (but notice) X.
Также в европейском искусстве бросается в глаза графичность, геометрическая терпкость, колючесть изображения (Терц 3). Also striking in European art is its graphic quality, its geometric starkness, its trenchant way of depicting things (3a).

Сглаживающие, приукрашающие, искажающие свойства памяти коллективной, то есть исторической, и личной особенно бросаются в глаза в эпохи, когда рушатся устои, на которых держалось общество (Мандельштам 2). The capacity of memory, both collective and individual, to gloss over, improve on, or distort the facts is particularly evident at periods when the foundations of a society are collapsing (2a).

Я плохо знаю театр, но кое-какие различия между актёром и поэтом сразу бросаются в глаза... (Мандельштам 2). I do not know much about the theater, but certain differences between the actor and the poet are immediately apparent... (2a).

«Господину Замётову прежде всего ваш гнев и ваша открытая смелость в глаза бросилась: ну как это в трактире вдруг брякнуть: „Я убил!"» (Достоевский 3). "What struck Mr. Zamyotov most of all was your wrath and your open daring, suddenly to blurt out in the tavern: 4I killed пег!'" (3c).

Даже при беглом чтении («Доктора Живаго») в глаза бросается много самоповторений, или, вернее, автоцитат (Гладков 1). Even on a cursory reading (of Doctor Zhivago) one is struck by the number of times he repeats things he has said somewhere else before... (1a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Г-45

118 бросаться в глаза

• БРОСАТЬСЯ/БРОСИТЬСЯ <КИДАТЬСЯ/КИНУТЬСЯ> В ГЛАЗА (кому)

[VP]

=====

1. бросаться в глаза (чем) [subj: usu. concr or human]

⇒ to attract s.o.'s gaze, be noticed because of one's or its prominence:

- X бросался в глаза≈ X caught the eye;

- X was striking (conspicuous);

- one couldn't help but notice (one couldn't help noticing) X;

|| Y-y бросился в глаза X ≈ X caught Y's eye;

- X struck Y's eye;

- Y couldn't help but notice (Y couldn't help noticing, Y couldn't help but see) X;

|| первым Y-y в глаза бросился X ≈ X was the first (person < thing>) to meet (catch) Y's eye;

|| Neg X не бросается в глаза≈ X is inconspicuous;

- [in limited contexts] person X keeps a low profile.

     ♦ Остальные [красноармейцы] были бледны, безличны. Один он бросался в глаза дюжим складом плеч и татарским энергичным лицом (Шолохов 4). The others [the Red Army men] were a pale, faceless lot. Only he caught the eye with his massive shoulders and energetic Tatar face (4a).

     ♦ Во втором ряду с правого фланга, с которого коляска обгоняла роты, невольно бросался в глаза голубоглазый солдат, Долохов... (Толстой 4). Conspicuous in the second file from the right flank, the side on which the carriage was passing, was the blue-eyed soldier, Dolokhov... (4a).

     ♦ Иногда он выглядел много старше: бросались в глаза отёки, болезненная серость кожи, сутулость... (Эренбург 4). Sometimes he looked much older. One could not help noticing the dropsical puffiness, the morbid grey ness of his skin, and the stoop of his shoulders (4a).

     ♦ Многоведёрный блестящий самовар за прилавком первым бросался в глаза... (Булгаков 12). The first thing to meet the eye behind the counter was a gleaming samovar of several gallons' capacity... (12a).

     ♦ Багратион оглянул свою свиту своими большими, ничего не выражающими, невыспавшимися глазами, и невольно замиравшее от волнения и надежды детское лицо Ростова первое бросилось ему в глаза (Толстой 4). Bagration cast his large, sleepy, expressionless eyes over his suite and the boyish face of Rostov, whose heart was throbbing with excitement, was the first to catch his eye (4a).

     ♦... Monsieur Перси не был шумным человеком, даже наоборот - был бессловесен, тих и не бросался в глаза (Федин 1).... Monsieur Percy was not a noisy man, he was even, on the contrary, wordless, quiet and inconspicuous (1a).

2. [subj: usu. abstr]

⇒ (of a personality trait, an aspect of some phenomenon etc) to attract attention to itself by being prominent:

- X бросался (Y-y) в глаза≈ X was striking (evident, apparent);

- X struck Y;

- Y was struck by X;

- Y couldn't help noticing (but notice) X.

     ♦ Также в европейском искусстве бросается в глаза графичность, геометрическая терпкость, колючесть изображения (Терц 3). Also striking in European art is its graphic quality, its geometric starkness, its trenchant way of depicting things (3a).

     ♦ Сглаживающие, приукрашающие, искажающие свойства памяти коллективной, то есть исторической, и личной особенно бросаются в глаза в эпохи, когда рушатся устои, на которых держалось общество (Мандельштам 2). The capacity of memory, both collective and individual, to gloss over, improve on, or distort the facts is particularly evident at periods when the foundations of a society are collapsing (2a).

     ♦ Я плохо знаю театр, но кое-какие различия между актёром и поэтом сразу бросаются в глаза... (Мандельштам 2). I do not know much about the theater, but certain differences between the actor and the poet are immediately apparent... (2a).

     ♦ "Господину Замётову прежде всего ваш гнев и ваша открытая смелость в глаза бросилась: ну как это в трактире вдруг брякнуть: "Я убил!"" (Достоевский 3). "What struck Mr. Zamyotov most of all was your wrath and your open daring, suddenly to blurt out in the tavern: 'I killed her!'" (3c).

     ♦ Даже при беглом чтении ["Доктора Живаго"] в глаза бросается много самоповторений, или, вернее, автоцитат (Гладков 1). Even on a cursory reading [of Doctor Zhivago] one is struck by the number of times he repeats things he has said somewhere else before... (1a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > бросаться в глаза

119 броситься в глаза

• БРОСАТЬСЯ/БРОСИТЬСЯ <КИДАТЬСЯ/КИНУТЬСЯ> В ГЛАЗА (кому)

[VP]

=====

1. броситься в глаза (чем) [subj: usu. concr or human]

⇒ to attract s.o.'s gaze, be noticed because of one's or its prominence:

- X бросался в глаза≈ X caught the eye;

- X was striking (conspicuous);

- one couldn't help but notice (one couldn't help noticing) X;

|| Y-y бросился в глаза X ≈ X caught Y's eye;

- X struck Y's eye;

- Y couldn't help but notice (Y couldn't help noticing, Y couldn't help but see) X;

|| первым Y-y в глаза бросился X ≈ X was the first (person < thing>) to meet (catch) Y's eye;

|| Neg X не бросается в глаза≈ X is inconspicuous;

- [in limited contexts] person X keeps a low profile.

     ♦ Остальные [красноармейцы] были бледны, безличны. Один он бросался в глаза дюжим складом плеч и татарским энергичным лицом (Шолохов 4). The others [the Red Army men] were a pale, faceless lot. Only he caught the eye with his massive shoulders and energetic Tatar face (4a).

     ♦ Во втором ряду с правого фланга, с которого коляска обгоняла роты, невольно бросался в глаза голубоглазый солдат, Долохов... (Толстой 4). Conspicuous in the second file from the right flank, the side on which the carriage was passing, was the blue-eyed soldier, Dolokhov... (4a).

     ♦ Иногда он выглядел много старше: бросались в глаза отёки, болезненная серость кожи, сутулость... (Эренбург 4). Sometimes he looked much older. One could not help noticing the dropsical puffiness, the morbid grey ness of his skin, and the stoop of his shoulders (4a).

     ♦ Многоведёрный блестящий самовар за прилавком первым бросался в глаза... (Булгаков 12). The first thing to meet the eye behind the counter was a gleaming samovar of several gallons' capacity... (12a).

     ♦ Багратион оглянул свою свиту своими большими, ничего не выражающими, невыспавшимися глазами, и невольно замиравшее от волнения и надежды детское лицо Ростова первое бросилось ему в глаза (Толстой 4). Bagration cast his large, sleepy, expressionless eyes over his suite and the boyish face of Rostov, whose heart was throbbing with excitement, was the first to catch his eye (4a).

     ♦... Monsieur Перси не был шумным человеком, даже наоборот - был бессловесен, тих и не бросался в глаза (Федин 1).... Monsieur Percy was not a noisy man, he was even, on the contrary, wordless, quiet and inconspicuous (1a).

2. [subj: usu. abstr]

⇒ (of a personality trait, an aspect of some phenomenon etc) to attract attention to itself by being prominent:

- X бросался (Y-y) в глаза≈ X was striking (evident, apparent);

- X struck Y;

- Y was struck by X;

- Y couldn't help noticing (but notice) X.

     ♦ Также в европейском искусстве бросается в глаза графичность, геометрическая терпкость, колючесть изображения (Терц 3). Also striking in European art is its graphic quality, its geometric starkness, its trenchant way of depicting things (3a).

     ♦ Сглаживающие, приукрашающие, искажающие свойства памяти коллективной, то есть исторической, и личной особенно бросаются в глаза в эпохи, когда рушатся устои, на которых держалось общество (Мандельштам 2). The capacity of memory, both collective and individual, to gloss over, improve on, or distort the facts is particularly evident at periods when the foundations of a society are collapsing (2a).

     ♦ Я плохо знаю театр, но кое-какие различия между актёром и поэтом сразу бросаются в глаза... (Мандельштам 2). I do not know much about the theater, but certain differences between the actor and the poet are immediately apparent... (2a).

     ♦ "Господину Замётову прежде всего ваш гнев и ваша открытая смелость в глаза бросилась: ну как это в трактире вдруг брякнуть: "Я убил!"" (Достоевский 3). "What struck Mr. Zamyotov most of all was your wrath and your open daring, suddenly to blurt out in the tavern: 'I killed her!'" (3c).

     ♦ Даже при беглом чтении ["Доктора Живаго"] в глаза бросается много самоповторений, или, вернее, автоцитат (Гладков 1). Even on a cursory reading [of Doctor Zhivago] one is struck by the number of times he repeats things he has said somewhere else before... (1a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > броситься в глаза

120 кидаться в глаза

• БРОСАТЬСЯ/БРОСИТЬСЯ <КИДАТЬСЯ/КИНУТЬСЯ> В ГЛАЗА (кому)

[VP]

=====

1. кидаться в глаза (чем) [subj: usu. concr or human]

⇒ to attract s.o.'s gaze, be noticed because of one's or its prominence:

- X бросался в глаза≈ X caught the eye;

- X was striking (conspicuous);

- one couldn't help but notice (one couldn't help noticing) X;

|| Y-y бросился в глаза X ≈ X caught Y's eye;

- X struck Y's eye;

- Y couldn't help but notice (Y couldn't help noticing, Y couldn't help but see) X;

|| первым Y-y в глаза бросился X ≈ X was the first (person < thing>) to meet (catch) Y's eye;

|| Neg X не бросается в глаза≈ X is inconspicuous;

- [in limited contexts] person X keeps a low profile.

     ♦ Остальные [красноармейцы] были бледны, безличны. Один он бросался в глаза дюжим складом плеч и татарским энергичным лицом (Шолохов 4). The others [the Red Army men] were a pale, faceless lot. Only he caught the eye with his massive shoulders and energetic Tatar face (4a).

     ♦ Во втором ряду с правого фланга, с которого коляска обгоняла роты, невольно бросался в глаза голубоглазый солдат, Долохов... (Толстой 4). Conspicuous in the second file from the right flank, the side on which the carriage was passing, was the blue-eyed soldier, Dolokhov... (4a).

     ♦ Иногда он выглядел много старше: бросались в глаза отёки, болезненная серость кожи, сутулость... (Эренбург 4). Sometimes he looked much older. One could not help noticing the dropsical puffiness, the morbid grey ness of his skin, and the stoop of his shoulders (4a).

     ♦ Многоведёрный блестящий самовар за прилавком первым бросался в глаза... (Булгаков 12). The first thing to meet the eye behind the counter was a gleaming samovar of several gallons' capacity... (12a).

     ♦ Багратион оглянул свою свиту своими большими, ничего не выражающими, невыспавшимися глазами, и невольно замиравшее от волнения и надежды детское лицо Ростова первое бросилось ему в глаза (Толстой 4). Bagration cast his large, sleepy, expressionless eyes over his suite and the boyish face of Rostov, whose heart was throbbing with excitement, was the first to catch his eye (4a).

     ♦... Monsieur Перси не был шумным человеком, даже наоборот - был бессловесен, тих и не бросался в глаза (Федин 1).... Monsieur Percy was not a noisy man, he was even, on the contrary, wordless, quiet and inconspicuous (1a).

2. [subj: usu. abstr]

⇒ (of a personality trait, an aspect of some phenomenon etc) to attract attention to itself by being prominent:

- X бросался (Y-y) в глаза≈ X was striking (evident, apparent);

- X struck Y;

- Y was struck by X;

- Y couldn't help noticing (but notice) X.

     ♦ Также в европейском искусстве бросается в глаза графичность, геометрическая терпкость, колючесть изображения (Терц 3). Also striking in European art is its graphic quality, its geometric starkness, its trenchant way of depicting things (3a).

     ♦ Сглаживающие, приукрашающие, искажающие свойства памяти коллективной, то есть исторической, и личной особенно бросаются в глаза в эпохи, когда рушатся устои, на которых держалось общество (Мандельштам 2). The capacity of memory, both collective and individual, to gloss over, improve on, or distort the facts is particularly evident at periods when the foundations of a society are collapsing (2a).

     ♦ Я плохо знаю театр, но кое-какие различия между актёром и поэтом сразу бросаются в глаза... (Мандельштам 2). I do not know much about the theater, but certain differences between the actor and the poet are immediately apparent... (2a).

     ♦ "Господину Замётову прежде всего ваш гнев и ваша открытая смелость в глаза бросилась: ну как это в трактире вдруг брякнуть: "Я убил!"" (Достоевский 3). "What struck Mr. Zamyotov most of all was your wrath and your open daring, suddenly to blurt out in the tavern: 'I killed her!'" (3c).

     ♦ Даже при беглом чтении ["Доктора Живаго"] в глаза бросается много самоповторений, или, вернее, автоцитат (Гладков 1). Even on a cursory reading [of Doctor Zhivago] one is struck by the number of times he repeats things he has said somewhere else before... (1a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > кидаться в глаза

Страницы

← Предыдущая

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

the contrary — UK [ˈkɒntrəri] US [ˈkɑnˌtreri] noun ★ the opposite Evidence suggests that the contrary is true. quite the contrary: I don’t disagree – quite the contrary – I think you’re absolutely right. Thesaurus … Useful english dictionary

The Carmelite Order —     The Carmelite Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order     One of the mendicant orders.     Origin     The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to … Catholic encyclopedia

The Natural Economic Order — is the most famous book of Silvio Gesell. PUBLISHED REFERENCES TO GESELL S THEORY John Maynard Keynes: General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money (1936): Gesell s main book is written in cool, scientific language; though it is suffused… … Wikipedia

The Robinson family (Sesame Street) — The Robinson family is a fictional family on the children s television series Sesame Street. The family consists of husband Gordon, a schoolteacher, and his wife Susan, a nurse. Later, the family expands to include their adopted son Miles, as… … Wikipedia

The Road to Serfdom — Infobox Book name = The Road to Serfdom orig title = translator = author = Friedrich Hayek cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English series = subject = Politics genre = publisher = Routledge Press (UK), University of Chicago… … Wikipedia

The Greens (France) — Infobox French Political Party party name = Les Verts party party wikicolourid = Les Verts leader = Cécile Duflot (since 2006) foundation = 1982 ideology = Green politics, Social progressivism european = European Greens international = Global… … Wikipedia

The Old New Land — infobox Book | name = The Old New Land title orig = Altneuland translator = Lotta Levensohn (1997 edition) image caption = author = Theodor Herzl illustrator = cover artist = country = Austria language = German series = genre = Utopian novel… … Wikipedia

The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist —     The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     In this article we shall consider:     ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma;     ♦ the … Catholic encyclopedia

The Sacrament of Penance —     The Sacrament of Penance     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance     Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Roman Congregations —     The Roman Congregations     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Roman Congregations     Certain departments have been organized by the Holy See at various times to assist it in the transaction of those affairs which canonical discipline and the… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Thirty Years War —     The Thirty Years War     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Thirty Years War     The Thirty Years War (1618 48), though pre eminently a German war, was also of great importance for the history of the whole of Europe, not only because nearly all… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

but+on+the+contrary+la

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

but+on+the+contrary+la

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: